Episode 11 Transcript: Building generational wealth as an entrepreneur

Natalie Franke
Welcome back to The Independent Business Podcast. Today we are talking all about wealth. I am a millennial, which means I am a part of the generation that makes up the largest cohort in the current workforce. However, millennials control only about 5% of total wealth. For millennials to have the same amount of wealth that baby boomers did at this age, we would have to quadruple what we have today. The reality is generating wealth and retaining wealth is harder now than ever before and today, we are sitting down with a dear friend of mine who I have known for several years Dominique Broadway. She is a provocative financial literacy trailblazer who is on a mission to make wealth attainable for everyone. As an award winning personal finance experts speaker and the founder of finances demystified, Dominique has a strong passion for working with young professionals, entrepreneurs and people of all ages to bring their dreams to reality. Her financial expertise comes from a lengthy history of studying, practicing and teaching personal finance. She began her career working at major corporate brokerage firm, such as UBS and Edelman After earning her bachelor’s and master’s degrees in business and finance. Eventually, she walked away from clients investing 10s of millions of dollars and set out to use the knowledge that she had to transform the lives of everyday people, including independent business owners, conversations that were once reserved for Wall Street are commonplace in Dominique’s world. And so today, we are bringing her knowledge to the independent business podcast, I can’t wait for you to listen to this episode. It is a powerful one. And you might even want to replay it a couple of times. Hey, everyone, this is your host, Natalie Franke, and you’re listening to the independent business podcast, more people than ever are working for themselves and building profitable businesses in the process. So on this show, I sit down with some of the most influential authors, entrepreneurs and creators to break down the science of self made success so that you can achieve victory.

Natalie Franke
Dominique, thank you so much for joining me today.

Dominique Broadway
Thank you for having me, Natalie. I’m like, so excited to be here. But also just congratulations to you for launching this amazing platform that’s gonna, as you know impacts so many people’s lives. So

Natalie Franke
you’re so kind i We’ve we I will never forget, I’m going to kick us off at the story here. We were roommates. We were paired up as roommates at a conference many years ago. I had never met you prior to that yet. We both were at the time. I think we’re both living in Maryland. I don’t think I had moved. Yeah, so both Marylanders but had never really crossed paths. And I’ve been following your journey ever since. And for folks who aren’t familiar with Dominique, I just need you to know not only is she a true genius, and I mean this sincerely a true genius. But you also have this heart of gold when the pandemic hit, you know, three years ago now. And the entire independent business world was just thrown into chaos. We didn’t know what to do. All of us were concerned about cash flow, as we saw, you know, cancellations happening left and right, we were not able to work and there was so much fear and so much uncertainty. And I will never forget reaching out to you and being like, Hey, are you up for just coming on a video with me? And let’s just talk to the community. Let’s just, let’s just talk, let them ask questions. And you were like, Absolutely, I’m down, just say what you need. I’ll be there. And so I say that to be like She not only is a genius in this arena, but she has fought fiercely as an advocate for independent business owners for a very long time. And so having you here is such an honor just such a true honor. I want to kind of kick us off by talking about your journey with generating wealth with understanding wealth as a concept. What led you to all of this, you know, what is your background? I shared a little bit in the intro, but I’d love for you to kind of walk folks through

Dominique Broadway
it. Yeah. So it’s funny every time you have you go back to the background, like I got it. I kind of take it back. How did I How did I get here? Right? I feel like that’s a question we probably all ask ourselves, often, this so I actually as you say I am I’m from Maryland. And I actually started, I would say started the process of building wealth. So I started teaching myself how to trade and invest when I was 16 years old. And I was just really, really, and I don’t like to use word obsessed, but I was really obsessed at that time was like trying to figure out how to build wealth and how to get rich. I had always been an entrepreneur, you know, selling bracelets when I was like five years old to selling candy at school and getting suspended for it to becoming the chief operating officer or one of my friends companies when I was about 14 or 15 called Kids interactive data systems, and we would teach kids how to use computer programs, because they weren’t teaching it in schools at the time. And so that was Like, I was always really interested in business and just figuring out how to grow my money. And like many teenagers, right, we have a lot of jobs. As as teenagers, I worked at Target and like picture people and like all these different jobs, and I was tired of just exchanging hours for dollars, because you know, then we were making, I don’t want to age us, but like 575 $6.25.

Natalie Franke
I remember, like, it takes so long

Dominique Broadway
just to make $100. I remember like my stepfather, my mom would have like, all these black enterprise and entrepreneur magazines laying around the house. And I would just start picking them up. And I’m like, Well, how are like, you see all these rich people? Like, how are they getting this money. And then on the weekends, my mom would drive me around to Potomac, Maryland, and she would show me all the big houses. And we would also go to Annapolis, and she would show me all the big houses on the water. And she was like, you know, if you work really hard and work really smart, one day, you can have a home like this, if this is something that you want. And so I’m like, at this time researching, like, okay, so how are rich people getting rich? Like, how, where do rich people come from? You know, and so it was really two ways. It was, Well, really, I would say three, most were entrepreneurs or, you know, created some sort of business or new idea, real estate and investing. I didn’t really have any money to get into real estate. So I was like, let’s try this investing thing. So I went to my grandparents at the time, it was my grandparents and said, Hey, my, my mom and my aunt, also my dad, and like, hey, I want to I want to invest, I want to invest the money I have. So I can, you know, put in the stock market. And they’re like, we don’t really know much about investing. And I’m like, Okay, well, do you have retirement accounts, I’m reading about these retirement accounts, you know, and they’re like, We have them, but I’m gonna be honest with you. We don’t know how they work. And I’m like, Okay, so my grandfather gave me his TSP, which is, which was a thrift savings plan at the time, he was the chief of it for for the Department of Defense and DC, he gave me his tsp and said, figure it out. And come back and tell me, and so I just started scouring through trying to understand what the C fund was, and the G fund and the F Fund and the AI fund. And these were all government investment accounts. And then my grandfather bought me investing for Dummies, and we didn’t have YouTube, but that kind of feel so old saying this, we didn’t have YouTube at the time, you know, I would go to the library, my mom still has a screenshot of the first book that she bought me on Amazon, which was how to invest in stocks. When I was this was I think this book she had bought me like my first year in college. And this was when before there was Amazon Prime. So it took like, you know, like 10 days to get your your items. And so we were laughing about that. And I just went head in. And I bought my first two investments. The first one was Apple, because I was like absolutely obsessed with my iPod because I remember the day that I had to walk around with a Walkman. And the fact that I could have 1000s of songs and this little thing was like Bush mind blown. Yeah. And then I went and then I also purchased Joan Soto, do you remember Joan? Zota?

Natalie Franke
I do. Yes. I was obsessed with so good.

Dominique Broadway
Okay, so the green apple soda specifically I loved and so I’m like, Okay, I’m going to start investing into companies that I love apple, and Jones soda. I’m 16. Right? I don’t have a lot of a lot of death yet, right. So those are my first two investments I took about 25 Put about $25 into each. And then over time, like as I had birthdays or made money, I’ll just keep adding more and more and more and more and more. They started accumulating to 1000s of dollars. You know, by the time I got to college, and then once I was in college, I went to Bowie State University, which is an historically black college and blue Maryland. Majored in banking and finance ended up getting a internship with this company called UBS financial services, which I joke about because when I got the internship, I ended up there out of default because I originally wanted to be at Morgan Stanley, but they cut their internship program. The weekend, the week actually the week before I was supposed to go, but I ended up at UBS started managing while interning, I was just interning and they were focusing on high net worth individuals, which is what I had never heard of them. So clients I had 1,000,002 million 2030 $40 million in investable assets. And so I did that internship in New York. They loved me. They offered me a full time position in New York, but I actually had to finish college. So I went back to college. I finished my last year of college, I started working at the UBS in Bethesda, Maryland, bought my first house before I graduated college, graduated college a semester late and then had to commute from my new condo in north bethesda to buoy a few times a week to finish my last class. So I ended up graduating I always joke I ended up graduating college a semester late and with like a 2.8 GPA, so I barely got out of there, but I didn’t really care. I had a job like whatever. And so basically did that for a while and realize, you know, after working all these different firms, I was at UBS financial services, Edelman financial services, United capital, which is now Goldman Sachs. And realize there was a huge gap in information right. My friends kept coming to me asking me for financial advice. And I had to keep telling them no, I’m like, you don’t have enough money, right? So become clients of the firms that I’m with you And after a while, I was like, this is silly, right? People are asking for help. In their say, and I have to say no, and I’m one of those people is always asking for help. The least I can do is try to help but because of my licenses, like I couldn’t legally help them. And so I got that that itch that entrepreneur itch came back. And I realized, you know, that I, I need to help everyone else, right? So I went to my mentor at the time and said, hey, you know, I, I want to I want to help everyone else. Basically, I’m like, You guys are all targeting the 1%. I want to target the 99%. And he told me straight to my face, you will never make money helping people that don’t have money. You need to stay here. And I’m like, No. Now this is a challenge. So I quit my job, and then started started my company. And so that was really, you know, that transition for me. And then from there, you know, it was that was, I will say, just really quickly the rougher times of my life, right? So I had done a decent job of saving investing. Like I said, I bought my first house at 22. I had an investment portfolio, I had a little over my years worth of my salary saved when I quit my job. And like many entrepreneurs, I started my company. And I didn’t price myself, right. I was under charging, undervaluing what I was providing the services that I was providing to my clients. And they were thriving. Clients are buying their first houses, they’re investing, they’re saving. They’re buying investment properties and all the things and I look up about two years in and I’m dead broke. Like maybe a year and a half ago. I’m dead broke. My house is in foreclosure. A beautiful little condos in foreclosure. My cute little BMW got repossessed, and I am getting sued by my condo association. I am defaulting on my Amex defaulting on my Navy Federal Court, like everything. And I was just like, stunned because you know, well, that was what I was choosing. And I’m like, this is this is this, I decided to quit this job because I knew I was going to help people. And I feel like because I’m help, I’m going to help people that I will be financially compensated well, and I was I wasn’t, but that was my fault, right? Because I wasn’t pricing myself, right. And as working with people one on one, there’s only so much you can do, right. And so from there, I had to do one of the hardest things I’ve probably ever done was admit how much I had messed up. And that meant I needed to tell somebody, because I was hiding it. And I was getting stressed out and depressed. And I’m just like, God, Why’d this happened to me. And I forget, I went to I went to my mom, because I couldn’t take it anymore. And, you know, I sat in the car with her. And I’m like,

Natalie Franke
bawling, oh, my God, I’m a failure, and I’m bored of you.

Dominique Broadway
I’m gonna be homeless or like, you know, just, you know, dramatic, but that’s how it felt right. And I think many of us have been in financial situations, and we feel like we’ve hit this rock bottom, and there’s no coming out, you know, in my mind, I was gonna get sued, and I was going to go to jail. And let me you really feel that way. That’s how debt collectors make you feel. And so that was kind of the downtime for me. And the big turnaround for me, honestly, Natalie, which is made me literally making the decision that I’m only choosing wealth from here on out and I realized that I had thought myself broke. And then I feel like I thought myself rich. So it’s like, all these little decisions that I made. That put me there that put me in that situation that made me broke within there’s all these other this other decisions that have put me where I am right now. Right. And so yeah, just know, that was kind of long. But that has been really, really the story of my life. And also, as I, you know, may that kind of confession to my mom, I went to my grandfather who actually passed away last year, but I went to my grandfather, and I said, Hey, like, I’ve messed this up, and I need you to help me because he’s always been really good at his finances, just like my mom. My mom was an accountant. But I was like, I need you to treat me like my client. Right? And so he’s like, alright, we’ll just come over with everything. So I come over his house with a big bag of envelopes of like stuff that I was refusing to open. He’s like, What is all this? I’m like, Oh, this is the mail over the last three or four months. But I’m, like, scared over. So we sit down, we open everything up, and just go through it and created a plan. We sat down and just created a plan and we started calling my debt collectors, you know, negotiating. And the funny thing is, and I always say I feel like the debt that I had was like, and this is not a number obviously, but it felt like a million bajillion dollars. Right. It was like $25,000 just wasn’t a huge amount, which is still which was still a lot at the time. I’m, but it wasn’t the million bajillion dollars that they’re going to, you know, put me in jail for, it really just started creating a strategy from there. And then I had to do the thing that many entrepreneurs don’t want to do, I had to get a you know, a BJ or bridge job, and get this bridge job and consulting opportunity with a young lady of nonprofit in Bethesda, Maryland, that was paying me about 3k a month and 3k a month may not sound like a lot, but it was the game changer for me, because it took away a lot of the financial pressure that I had, and it gave me the cushion that I needed to pay the bills, and then I could still run the business and use that money to put down towards extra debts and then start saving again. Right. And so I had to put my pride to the side and all those things. So that was the story. I would say of just like how I started, so to mess it up to starting to rebuild

Natalie Franke
hoof. In that story, you covered so many different areas where I relate personally, where I know independent business owners relate personally. Because there are, you know, so many, both mental and physical challenges that we deal with when it comes to wealth when it comes to money, the knowledge around it, for instance, so so, so much. And so I would love to hear from you. Like, can you share some of the reasons you think that it’s hard for entrepreneurs, for business owners for somebody striking it out on their own going independent leaving that job, just like you did to generate wealth? What are some of the hurdles you see us facing?

Dominique Broadway
Yeah, there are so many hurdles, I think one of the biggest hurdles was, I would say for me, was not having tons of people to talk to about it. Right? You know, it’s interesting, because my parents, actually, my mom, my dad, and my stepdad were all entrepreneurs. But it was interesting, because what I was starting, I was almost kind of mimicking a little bit of how my mom did her business and a one on one one on one capacity. But the marketing and the thing, the tech and everything was totally different from when she had a business, right. And so I felt like there was a lot of other entrepreneurs like now I have tons of amazing entrepreneurs that I can tap into. But being a black woman and being someone who, you know, the first really not, I don’t say the first time I failed, because my stepfather ended up creating a million dollar business. But due to not having the right information, he died broke, right. And so it’s even when I saw entrepreneurs who were doing well, they could make the money, they still didn’t know what to do with it once they got it, then so I feel like I feel like the pricing thing is still one of the biggest issues, I think that if we had more people to talk about pricing with I think if we had more people who was transparent with their prices, I don’t feel like I would have ran into that issue. So early on, I think I may have been charging, you know, $75 for a consultation or something crazy that is not sustainable. Right? You know, when I first started, and I think that that’s one of the biggest things, I think that many entrepreneurs, we are creatives, and we are but we also tend to have a lot of pride. And so we just like start our business, and we’re like, I can do this, and I’m gonna be so great. And I’m gonna be a billionaire by next year. And like, not necessarily consulting people along the way. I’ll also say I’ve never had a business coach, right. And now I have an eight figure business, I’ve literally never had a business coach. And I probably could have reached some of these heights earlier, if I had people that I could trust, you know, along the way,

Natalie Franke
the price secrecy issue has been huge. Like, I want to dig into that just a little bit for a second because I remember so vividly, when I first started my business, my first business about 15 years ago, it was very common in at least in the creative industry for people to want to hide their pricing. Yeah, post it publicly, publicly not share it. So if you’re getting started, you know, there’s no benchmark, there’s no way to understand how to price yourself and back then again, like there wasn’t as much access to education, resources, courses, even books were, you know, fairly outdated with how quickly things were changing in the landscape at the time. And, you know, I remember back then just thinking, Well, how is that not driving all of us down? Like if we if we don’t have this ability to talk openly about money, if we’re not able to share, you know, what is an appropriate rate for this type of service? How are we, you know, assessing gross profit at the end of the day with all the costs that go into it, and just having these types of conversations with other business owners. It’s just going to be a race to the bottom it’s going to be newcomers coming in and not knowing because no one has taken the time to help raise the bar right? Raise the tide. And so price secrecy has continued to be a problem. So for somebody that maybe feels afraid to be open with talking about money be open about sharing their prices and their rates. You know, even when they go to a networking event, they might feel hesitant or afraid A to admit how much they charge. Do you have any advice for us there anything that you can say to speak to kind of this price secrecy issue?

Dominique Broadway
You know, it’s it’s interesting. I don’t. So I think the price secrecy comes from years of just like you don’t the two things you don’t talk about, right? You don’t ask people they say you don’t ask people, you know what their political stances and you especially living in DC, right, you don’t ask people their political stance, or you don’t ask people how much how much money they make. And I feel like this is where this is all coming from. And it’s interesting, because nowadays, I feel like there’s still a lot of people who are scared to talk about what they make or what they charge. But I feel like the conversation is happening more and more. And that’s one of my personal missions, which is also why I am so open, you know, I’ll tell people like, Oh, this is how much I paid for my house. This is how much childcare costs, or this is how much the car costs, or this is how I did this, or this, how I did that. But I think that a lot of times, it’s a lack of confidence. And I feel like people who are confident, and you’ve seen someone who can confidently give you a number, they’ll just be like, yes, so my photography services are $5,000 for the wedding, and blah, blah, and you’re just like, okay, and when people give you a number confidently, you pay it confidently, because you’re like, they’re given me confidence. Right. And I think that a lot of times nowadays, when when I’m seeing people who are scared to share their prices, it’s because they’re not confident in their prices, and they don’t feel like they’re worth that number that they’re vocalizing. So that’s when I feel like it comes back to because money is all mental, right? It really is. And so if you can gain that confidence, and not necessarily always, it’s not always necessarily about the number, it’s about being able to clearly articulate the value that you’re bringing, because if you can clearly articulate the value, whatever you whatever number you throw out, it’s gonna be like, okay, cool. I need whatever you’re offering, I want that result that you’re going to provide. I’m fine with paying you whatever number you say. And I think that a lot of entrepreneurs are battling with that, to be honest.

Natalie Franke
I think you’ve nailed it. You absolutely nailed it. How though? Do you become more confident in even just saying your rate, because when you were when you were literally walking through that I could hear the younger version of myself sitting down with a client. And the amount of fear I felt like very fear very, I was insecure to say, this is how much I charge you the same way. I think we’ve all been there. And even you know, as you raise your rates, as you move into different markets, you pivot, you try different things, that insecurity bubbles back up, is there like a tip that you have is, you know, how do we start that process of just becoming more confident and saying how much we charge for our services.

Dominique Broadway
So I like to, to I tell entrepreneurs all the time, like, take a second to if you need to get confidence a lot of times with the confidence is because they a lot of times entrepreneurs don’t clearly see the value that they’re providing. So I tell entrepreneurs to create, you know, and we do these in our webinars all the time, but a value stack for yourself, make a list of all the value that you’re bringing to someone’s life, right. And so in some of the things may be priceless, right? That you’re bringing, let’s say even me, if I’m like, Hey, you’re signing up for my investing course. And this is the value you’re going to learn how to invest if you learn now, let’s say if you had learned this information years ago, and invested $1,000, this $1,000 could have been worth $20,000, if you had invested into the s&p if you learned about it 10 years ago, so boom, there’s a $20,000 value that you’re probably going to see minimum over the next few years. If you invest. Also, you’re going to learn this information that’s gonna allow you to create generational wealth, and now your children will have investments, my children are on track to be multimillionaires by the age of 16. Doing these specific tactics, I’m going to give you those tactics, how much is that worth to you? Right, so then if you’re saying, Hey, I’m going to show you how to grow your portfolio by X amount percent, how to build a portfolio for your children. So they have at least at least probably six figures if you’re if they’re young like mine. Now I’m showing you that I’m bringing you honestly just listening to things hundreds of 1000s of dollars in value. So the course is $2,000 You’d be like course, Sign me up. So if you and this is a short value stack, but I typically go you know longer. But if you can list that out and say hey, you know, this, this is you’re gonna get this result and this result and this result, and this is minimum what these results are worth, it makes it very easy for you to confidently say your price at the end. So I would tell anyone make a list of the value that you’re bringing, you know, three to five items and then total it out and say what that’s worth and then put your price beside it and nine times out of 10 your price is going to be a very small percentage of the value that you’re actually bringing in

Natalie Franke
phenomenal. Do you have any money mantras or like money affirmations? Because as you’re talking, I’m like, yes to all the value. But I also wonder what do you say in the mirror in the morning? Oh, what is the affirmation? I need to know. I know. It’s,

Dominique Broadway
I say affirmations, not just every day, but throughout the day, because even now, and I’m so proud to say now sitting here as a multimillionaire, I still battle with doubt, worry, financial stress, like, I’m all my biggest fear is going broke again. Right. And so I have to say affirmations all the time. So the ones that I say, like, literally every day, is I’m a money magnet. I’ve made the decision to become wealthy. I am wealthy in more than one way. And that was really important because people think that wealth is just money. It’s not money is just a tool. I am wealthy because I’m healthy. I am wealthy because I’m surrounded by friends and family that loved me. To me, that’s more that’s worth more than the money. The money just makes life a lot easier. And it’s more complicated in some ways. But those are my favorite affirmations. So I’m a money magnet. I’ve made the decision to become wealthy. I am wealthy in more than one way I say those three things every day. So the other day I was really excited. I’m not sure if he’s on Instagram, I found $10 in the in like this little book, and I was about to get in the car. And I was like, see, I’m a money magnet.

Natalie Franke
money flows to me easily even when I’m just getting in the car.

Natalie Franke
I love it. I love it. We’re in the you

Dominique Broadway
know what’s interesting, though, that that $10 My nanny’s daughter, it was her birthday. So the $10 that I found, I took that and gave her $50 Or I gave her $10 plus the $40 and put it and then I gave it to someone else, because money is supposed to be circulated. Right? And so what you’re putting out, you’re gonna get back. And so yes, I’m a money magnet, but I’m gonna take this and I’m gonna bless somebody else with it.

Natalie Franke
I love that that was one of the biggest kind of unlearning that I personally had to do with money I grew up and I always kind of equated money to greed, like I thought, okay, wealth is greed. And you must reject greed at all costs. And, you know, remain kind of humble in what you have. And I didn’t realize at the time, okay, but when you have wealth, you generate wealth, you actually that like that gives you the power to make tremendous impact. Power changed the world as a business owner, it means you can hire people, you can, you know, it’s so powerful. You

Dominique Broadway
see, when I tell you really quickly, I’m sorry, the definition of humble. Do you know the definition of humble? Give it to me? So one of my good friends Felicia Hatcher said this on stage recently, when I tell you, it blew my mind. I want you to know the definition of humble I just pulled it up so I won’t mess it up. The definition of humble is having or showing a modest or low estimate of one’s own importance. Isn’t that crazy? So I told you don’t be humble because you don’t want to be showing a low estimate of your importance. So there’s no reason to be humble also, when we talk about that greed. Do you remember growing up cartoons? Yes, Mr. Burns, Mr. Burns was the richest man in Springville. But he was the villain. But Mr. Burns was also employing most of Springfield. Okay, he gets some credit for that. Right. And Scrooge McDuck would sit in his vault and throw up his coins all the money.

Natalie Franke
Yes. And you’re fine. That means we’re gonna find that Yes.

Dominique Broadway
But Mister, I’m like, people really don’t like Mr. Burns. But Mr. Burns is literally employing most of Springfield. He’s literally the reason why most people in Springfield are eaten, including Homer. Right? And it’s like, why is he bad? So it’s interesting, but we are we are literally raised in all cartoons reflect the rich people as the villains.

Natalie Franke
Wow. No, I know. And I struggle with that myself. I really did. And even now, it’s something where, you know, I think I, in my own journey have had to remind myself No, like when when I thrive, I have the power to then empower others with whatever I’m able to generate. And that is more valuable than me avoiding money, being afraid of money running money, right? And instead flipping that mindset and you’re 100% right mindset is so powerful. I love the affirmations. were stealing those. We will add those to the show notes for sure. So folks can incorporate those throughout their day. I want to talk a little bit for a second about younger generation. Yeah, I’m a millennial, you’re a millennial. What year were you born, by the way? So I think we were we might share 85 Okay, okay, I’m 90. So we’re very we’re, you know, right in there, right? In the core of that millennial generation. We are, you know, the largest kind of subset of the workforce at the moment. But the reality is that baby boomers are the ones who own a lot of the wealth in our country. And so I’m really curious, like, where does this leave millennials and Gen Z, we’re in this really weird moment like real estate prices, and, you know, the cost of living and inflation is so many elements

Dominique Broadway
right now, like, you know, it’s, as I was telling you, I’m I’m considering moving back to the DC Maryland area, and I’m looking at and I’m like, these places have never cost this much. You know, it’s, it’s a really interesting time. And I don’t, I don’t want to say scary, but it is scary. And it’s scary, because I think about, like you said, the baby boomers, which are, I guess, our parents generation, and then like my grandparents, right, so my grandparents, my grandma worked at the United States postal office office until she retired, you know, she worked in the back office. And then my grandfather, as I mentioned, was the Chief of our team. For the Department of Defense. He, I think he gets like, he got like, 80% of his salary till the day that he died. That was a part of his his pension. And he also was in military and in received other benefits from that. So they had a very comfortable retirement. And now with the baby boomer generation, they were also really heavily impacted by the last recession, right, and then they also been impacted by the pandemic, and that is lining us up for a lot of wealth, that will be transferred to us with a lot of wealth that won’t be transferred. And that’s because so many of our parents have lost so much in the markets by not having not understanding what to do not investing when they should have been pulling out when they shouldn’t have, etc, etc. So it’s putting millennials and Gen Z in a situation where it’s like, you really got to get to the bag, and you really have to secure your future. And you also can’t just have one job, you have to have multiple streams of income, you have to invest, you have to have your money working for you, you can’t just depend on your 401k. And as we’ve all noticed, we can’t even depend on our jobs that we have, you know, right now, layoffs are happening every day. And it’s unfortunate. And so with that being said, I feel like that means that we’re going to have to work not just harder, but smarter. Right. And we’re also though, I will say the upside is we are positioned with technology. So we have technology, and we have the internet that the baby boomers, and let’s say my grandparents did not have. So we’re also in a really unique situation where we have the ability to create more wealth than they’ve ever created or ever seen. Easier. And in shorter timeframes. So that’s going to mean that, just because you made $1, you don’t need to go spend the dollar, you need to figure out how to take that dollar, break it up, invest a piece of it, have some Here, have some there, you’re gonna have to be smart with your money, because there aren’t going to be any pensions. Word on the street, there’s not going to be any social security. So whatever you’ve have, that’s all you’re going to be able to live on. And so that’s why I tell people, it’s going to be very important to be educated on all things finance, and also making sure that you’re being strategic with your money, not trying to keep up with the I used to be Joneses now the Kardashians or whatever, and not trying to keep up with everyone on social media and living and doing what’s best for you, and your family or whoever, you know, you may be potentially supporting. But also keeping in mind, this is a new thing I’m seeing a lot of friends having too, because I’m 38 now, right, but a lot of my friends like their parents are in their 60s or 70s. And they’re having to take care of them. Yeah, yeah. So there’s an added pressure there that a lot of millennials did not see coming. So that’s why I’m like, it’s even more important to make sure that we’re being good stewards of our finances.

Natalie Franke
Absolutely. I think, you know, one of the things there around retirement just reminded me that so much of the infrastructure, when you kind of grow up, you are encouraged go get that w two job. And as part of that, you get a lot of benefits, right the system, the system is not set up for the independent business, it’s set up for the W two worker, you get your health care through your W two work, you get your retirement set up through your W two work, I could keep going on and on parental leave, but I’ll leave, I’ll leave with those three. The purpose of saying that is because when you do run an independent business, things like saving for retirement, become your sole responsibility. Nobody’s going to come find you and remind you to save for your retirement. Nobody’s going to save you if you don’t save yourself by putting that money away. Yeah.

Dominique Broadway
And if you’re not even contributing to Social Security, you’re not going to get those credits either if you’re not filing your taxes and making those contributions as well.

Natalie Franke
100% And so I do have a big fear and I want to make sure like if you’re listening to this podcast, you should be saving for retirement. Pierre worried? Okay, I think for some, it’s very obvious. But I know there are a lot of independents out there who have put off starting a retirement fund, it is scary to them. It is scary to all of us. Like, this is the kind of conversation that we’re I hope it’s a little bit of a kick in the pants. And so to do that gentle nudging with a little bit of tough love, as I like to say, Yeah, where does Where does somebody start? If they are an independent business owner, they don’t have any kind of retirement setup that they’re pouring into? What are some of those options right off the bat, if you’re able to share, like, what should we be thinking about paying attention to.

Dominique Broadway
So I feel like if you’re like, hey, I haven’t done anything, and I will be, I’m gonna be honest, I used to be a financial planner, I was totally contributing to my retirement when I was working. But when I became an entrepreneur, I had to, it’s often because I couldn’t afford to write. And so now, you know, I’m back doing all those things. But I would say, if you’re like me, you got to stop. And now you want to start again, I would say the first thing you should do is open a Roth IRA. That’s the first thing you should do. I love Roth IRAs, because now you can put up to $6,500 A year into it, you don’t have to put the whole 6500. But something is better than nothing. And all the money in there grows completely tax free. That’s amazing, right. So I think that’s a really great first step for people, and then just focus on maxing that out every year. This is also something I do for my children, I have a one year old and a three year old, they have completely maxed out Roth IRAs for each year that they’ve once only been around for one year, but they’ve been around, because this account is going to allow them to have millions of dollars that they can access completely tax free. So I think that’s the first thing that you should do, if you’re able to max that out. And then I would recommend, you know, you might have to talk to your if you have like, maybe a financial person that use or a bank or something of that nature, because this could vary based on your how your business is structured. But you can open up a solo 401 K, you can open up just a traditional IRA, you can open up a SEP IRA, and which one is best. And I can’t give you advice on which one is best for you. Because it does depend on the structure of your business. But I would say at least start with a Roth IRA. Another thing that not to scare people. But this is something that’s important that I feel like people aren’t talking about enough is the fact that with our our retirement accounts, specifically our 401, k’s and things like that, that are what they call pre tax dollars, meaning that the money goes from your paycheck straight to the retirement account, and you haven’t paid taxes on it. So the upside is you get the tax deduction right now, but you haven’t paid taxes on it. So if you are in your 30s, like Natalie and I, by the time you get to 65, who knows what the tax bracket will be, it’ll be 30 years from now. So now that means that you may have, you know, hopefully maybe half a million dollars sitting in a lovely retirement account that your job and you think you’re about to retire and access all of it and the government’s like, you haven’t paid taxes on this. So what if the tax bracket then in 30 years is 50%. So you think you’re retiring with half a million, and then you only have 250,000, after taxes. So that’s why it’s really important to make sure that you have a strategy and a plan. That’s why we say start with the Roth. Because it’d be great to build that money over the over time. And you know, that you can access it without penalties, without taxes and things like that as well.

Natalie Franke
I love that. That is such tactical advice to kick us off and to take us into retirement conversations for sure. I do have one more question on the wealth side. And that is, you know, how can we start building wealth now with what we have? So we’ve talked about retirement? You know, are there other areas where you see an opportunity to create wealth? Beyond that, that you would recommend for independent business owners?

Dominique Broadway
Yeah, there’s so many ways, like, there’s actually a lot of ways, I would say the biggest thing is to look for assets that can produce additional income streams. I think that this is going to be even more vital than having just a retirement account. If you are able to create additional income streams that will pay you well through retirement and pass on and pay your children. That’s the way to go. Right? And so this can be done through investing, right? So opening up your investment account, investing money in there, but also making sure that you’re buying stocks that have good dividends, right, you can literally live off of dividend payments, they can create a quarterly income check for you, right. I’ve seen people who are able to build their portfolios up get 10s of 1000s of dollars every quarter. That’s amazing just because you’re holding the investment On top of when the investment goes up, outside of that, I still feel like real estate is the way to go. As long as we’re on this earth, I know I think we’re all probably moving to Mars sooner or something. But as long as we’re on this earth, we all need somewhere to live. And as long as we need somewhere to live, real estate will be a great investment. I think that there’s so many ways, especially as entrepreneurs, to leverage maybe what our business is doing or leveraging even first time homebuyer programs if your income isn’t super high, and you can purchase your first home or even an investment property. I’ll just tell you, when I bought my first condo, I told you, I was 22, I was still in college, I use this program called MPDU. It’s a moderately priced dwelling unit program, specifically in montgomery county. But most counties and cities and countries I’m not counting some states have these programs in their specific counties. And I was able to purchase a condo that was worth 320-320-5000, I was able to purchase for 167,500 Because I was low income. Right? I was still in college. At the time, I think my salary was 39,000. And that made me eligible to purchase this home with like, I think only put down like $1,000. And then I was able to sell that condo actually stayed there for 10 years and walked away with about $100,000. Right now, if I had retained it, I could have rented it out, etc, etc. But do you see just like those little things like because most people say, Oh, I’ll only make $39,000 I’m not eligible for anything. It’s like, no, there’s actually programs for you. If you make less take advantage of that. Right? Because three years later, two years later, after I bought that I wouldn’t have been eligible for that program. If I wanted to buy that condo, I would have had to pay the full price. So that’s where I would say, you know, don’t look at whatever situation you’re in, don’t look at it as a a disability, right? Or something that’s debilitating. You look at it and try to see like, how can you take advantage of whatever current state that you’re in, there’s something that can get you to the next level, no matter where your finances currently are. You just got to be resourceful. You’re listening to podcasts is the like the independent business and things like that. But there’s a lot of ways that you can start building building this wealth and looking for other streams of income. Hopefully that kind of answers the question.

Natalie Franke
It really answers the question, I want to close this out with one question that I love asking all of our guests, and this is a podcast all about the science of self made success. So I would love to know from you. What do you believe, is the biggest differentiator between the businesses that succeed? And the ones that fail? Hmm,

Dominique Broadway
that’s a good question. The biggest differentiator I think that people give up too soon. I think they I think they give up too soon. There’s like this meme. And the guy is like hacking at the rock. And he’s like, literally one hit away from the goal. And he stops. I feel like that’s the big differentiator. This year, my business will be 10 years, 10 years old. And we didn’t cross seven figures probably until year seven. Actually, I had tons of reasons to give up tons of people that wanted me to give up and go get a job. And I’m so glad I didn’t. I’m so glad I didn’t. And I really feel like also to because I was I was also very passionate. I think that’s another thing. Another reason why businesses don’t succeed is the owner isn’t passionate enough about the business. This is my life’s work, I would do this if if if I could do it for free. And that’s my plan to be able to provide these the same education for free. That’s my goal. I can’t do that right now. Right? Because I have bills to pay. And also people, people when people pay for something they show up because they have a vested interest into it. But I think that’s what it is. I think that people give up too soon. And I hate to see it. And I see a lot of his businesses who fail or business owners who give up and I’m like, you were probably one one knock away, you know, one knock away from from the million or whatever it is that you were looking to accomplish.

Natalie Franke
Well, Dominique, thank you so much for sharing all of that knowledge and wisdom with us. I hear you have a book that is launching, that we know our listeners are going to want to buy and to read and so could you share, you know, with everybody? Where can they learn more about you? And what is the name of your book? How can they find the book?

Dominique Broadway
Yeah, so the book is called the wealth decision. And I’m really excited because I feel like all of these little decisions that we’re making every day is gonna get us closer to being wealthy or further away from being wealthy. So that’s something I want you to ask yourself when you’re going throughout the day is this decision not to get me closer to my wealth goal or get me further away. But you can find me on social media at just at Dominique Broadway, the book is also at the wealth decision.co. And so yeah, and I want to really quickly, just thank you again, Natalie. Like, as Now Lisa, we met, we were roommates speaking at a conference, and when I tell you, you know, now you’ve had such a huge impact in in all my life, especially even as a black woman, you are constantly saying my name in rooms that may not have a lot of people that look like me and and, and so I’m like, I appreciate that, like, I’m gonna motional

Natalie Franke
it just be It really means a lot to me. And I just want to I just want to thank you, because ever since I met you, you’re you’ve literally always, you know, say, hey, Dominique, can you can you do this or we’re doing this out honey book or, or just something, you’re always just setting me up for success that I appreciate that?

Natalie Franke
Well, I’m honored to call you a friend. And I’m blown away by all the lives you have changed by doing what you do. And using your gifts and talents. Tim and I will usually

Dominique Broadway
crown podcast but well,

Natalie Franke
I, oh,

Dominique Broadway
I just want to say do I really do appreciate you. And it’s like I said, it’s very hard being a woman, being a mom as a CEO. But there’s this added thing, you know, being a black woman, and it’s always great when someone that doesn’t look like you that’s that’s vouching for you.

Natalie Franke
I’ll always fight for you. I love you. I really do. I love you. And I love the impact that you continue to make in the world. Thank you. And thank you for just agreeing to come on to this podcast. idea. I am so so grateful. And I can’t wait to get my hands on your book. And I can’t wait for everybody to get their hands on your book. domine you’re amazing. Thank you. Thank you so much.

Natalie Franke
That ends our episode of The Independent Business Podcast. Everything that we’ve discussed today can be [email protected]. Head to our website for access to show notes, relevant links and all of the resources that you need to level up. And if you’ve enjoyed today’s episode, be sure to subscribe to the podcast so that you never miss our future content. Drop us a review and leave our guests some love on social. Thanks again for listening.

Episode 10 Transcript: Self discovery + knowing your worth

Natalie Franke
This episode is good for the soul. It is so good for the soul. In fact, you’re gonna want to listen to it multiple times. I am calling that right off the bat. When we talk about the science of self made success, we’re not just talking about sales and marketing. We’re not talking just about data analytics. We’re also talking about things that are difficult to quantify the you, the human being behind the business, the one whose heart and soul makes all of the magic happen. And in today’s episode, we are sitting down with one of my favorite poets, authors and actors to dig into that conversation. Arielle Estoria was born and raised in Foggy Northern California and now calls Los Angeles home. She’s a multi passionate, multi talented creative, who is a poet. She’s an author, and advocate and an actor. She has worked with companies such as Google TED X dress, Ember, Lululemon skims by Kim Kardashian and many more. Arielle has also been making strides in the commercial and television worlds she has been seen in commercials for brands like Etsy, Starbucks Pay Pal, T. J. Maxx, you’ve probably seen her on your television screen, she’s kind of a big deal. And her brand new book, The unfolding an invitation to come home to yourself, just hit shelves, this conversation. It is fantastic. At the very end of the interview, she also gives us the opportunity to hear one of the poems from her new book, and it is chosen with intention specifically for all of you. So I have no doubt one of y’all needs to hear this today. Make sure you don’t miss the end of the episode. Hey, everyone, this is your host, Natalie Frank, and you’re listening to the independent business podcast, more people than ever are working for themselves and building profitable businesses in the process. So on this show, I sit down with some of the most influential authors, entrepreneurs and creators to break down the science of self made success so that you can achieve victory.

Natalie Franke
Thank you so much for joining me, Arielle.

Arielle Estoria
Thank you so much for having me. I’m excited to be here.

Natalie Franke
I am so excited to have you here. I’ve been following your journey for years and years and years. And I know I tell this story a lot. But you came out and spoke to our rising tide leaders when we were in Minneapolis. And when I tell you to all the listeners, if you are not familiar, let me tell you, you are in for a treat today. Because I witnessed as we went from laughing to full body chills to people weeping in the audience full on weeping in the audience, you have such a gift and such a talent. And I am so excited to be having you on the podcast to talk about all things, business and the book that you’re bringing into the world and you’ve just brought into the world. It’s it’s going to be such a great episode. But I’d love to just give our listeners a little bit of background into what brought you to the point of writing your new book unfolding.

Arielle Estoria
Yeah. Oh my gosh, I’m so much brought me to that point, to be completely honest, I think a lot of the journey that I found myself in a lot of ourselves find ourselves in, in leading up into the pandemic, it was kind of like, who am I? What are we doing? What is this space where we thought it was just gonna be two weeks and ended up being yours? Like me just, I did this unraveling of just what do I believe? And what do I stand for? And who am I in the midst of that? And and what does it mean to be an artist in that? And what does it mean to be a black woman in that and, and just kind of undoing and mentally unfolding a lot of those beliefs in a lot of those conversations. And so, for me, it was just a season of really learning about myself, and really having to separate the voices of other people. The loud minorities, male, I’ve heard it called have just so much input. And I needed to sort through what was me, what was what I consider the voice of the Divine and where I wanted to go with both of those things. And so that’s that season that I found myself in, I wasn’t necessarily writing and from that I had to write in order to get through a lot of those things. So I process through poetry, I heal through poetry. So most of what you find in the book is just things I needed to sort out with myself. They’re just words I needed to remind myself to encourage myself to heal and everything in between him. So that’s where a lot of that space was birthed from just a really pivotal season of changing and undoing and expanding and processing through those things.

Natalie Franke
And for business owners, you know, the past few years on the business side of things have been a professional unfolding of sorts, you know, a kind of peeling back of what really matters in work, right when we work, what truly matters when we show up to our job, you know, are we bringing our whole Self, are we doing the work you’re describing on the personal side? You know, we saw, for example, over the last couple of years, but especially, you know, 2021. And then we saw some of it into 2022 is just this massive exodus from the workforce. So many people leaving their corporate jobs and rapid rise of Independent Business Ownership, we saw record setting numbers in 2021 5.3 9 million new business applications 2020 to 5.1 million new business applications. And I say that to add the context of, you know, this has been a season of change, but it really revealed for people, you know, they need to figure out what matters in their life, they need to figure out who they are in that story of their own lives. And so your book truly is coming at such a critical moment for everyone, it is a book for everyone. Yeah. But as a business owner, I would say this is a book you absolutely need on your own personal journey. So you can show up, you know, as the best version of yourself, and I’m curious for you, so you’re going through this experience, you are processing, through your creativity through the incredible art that you create. And I’m wondering, though, was it hard for you to write about certain seasons of your life? Like, how was it for you writing about those moments that may have been painful or may have been uncomfortable? And to be so vulnerable? And how you show up? What was that experience? Like?

Arielle Estoria
Yeah, that process of was grueling. It was it was very, it’s, it’s like an extraction. When we think of the concept of an extraction and something, you’re, you’re pulling things out of yourself, you’re in it, and I’ve cried, I cried a lot during this process. And my first draft, actually my editor, she, she was like, she finished it, she read it, and she just so happened to be in LA that week. And she was like, let’s, let’s meet, you know, so you met and we’re chatting and hanging out. And, of course, she was like, I can tell that you’re holding back, like I can tell that you’re not letting yourself fully go there. And I wasn’t she was she completely read me because I wasn’t. And I was purposely I have the ability to be vulnerable to be open, and still keep this level of surface. So keep this level where I’m not fully going to the depth. But I’ve, I’ve done it, I’ve done this. So well, I perfected this so well, that you, you might think I’m going really deep, you know, like, like, you might think I’m being really honest. And so, and I’m always being honest, but I may still be protecting myself and I may still be protecting other people. And I think for me, it was like, I never wanted to write this really juicy, you know, tell all like, I don’t want to bring people down, I think we as humans are doing the best we can with what we have. But how can I share my story honestly, and the parts that hurt and the parts of they needed to experience and interface while also honoring other people and while also other honoring my story. And so it was hard, I had to let myself get there. In every draft, it was just getting chiseling a little deeper and a little deeper. But that didn’t mean there wasn’t tears. That didn’t mean there wasn’t wine along with the process.

Natalie Franke
The process is hard period. But when you’re writing the kind of book that you’re writing, I can only imagine your 10x saying that that experience and kind of the, the weight on the other side. And any piece of great art takes a little bit of our soul with it. Like it just kind of requires us to go there and to lean in. And I’m curious for you personally, what has your own journey of unfolding and coming home to yourself truly look like?

Arielle Estoria
Yeah, I think it’s so fun thinking about this question because it looks so different. In this season of writing the book, it’s been like three, three ish years now of the whole process, email. So it looks very different. And while writing it, I was learning how to come home to myself, I was learning how to go through those phases of awakening to these new parts of myself, and awakening to these parts of myself that I changed and evolved, while also finding space to read those aspects of myself, which is what the eclipsing journey is like. That’s what that chapter is that grief of change. We don’t talk about the grief of change, we talk about the grief of loss, but it’s the same thing losing parts of us losing who we were or what we did believe there’s a grief that comes with that for ourselves and for other people who are familiar with us being that way, you know, and then there’s an illuminating and bringing light to Okay. This is who I am who I am today. This is who sits before you. And this is the light of what I’ve left. You know, this is what I’ve kept to at bay. Maybe this is what I’ve been afraid of, and then we mend you know, we bring in what makes sense and we heal and heal And those broken pieces are still there, you know, we still see them. But we’re allowing space and room for us to figure out what it means to connect those two, and to leave the rest and then return we return back to ourselves and this fullness and trusting our gut, and trusting our voices and trusting that our presence and what we’re bringing to the table matters in this world. And so that’s, that’s what the book was, it was just me trying to realize those things. Now I’m in a season of practicing those. Now that I’ve gotten this under my belt. Now I can show up a little bit more bold, a little bit more in my spine, if you will. And so now coming home to myself, just looks like I told my therapist this week, I just was like, I feel very sure of the ground I stand on now. And that would didn’t look like this. Three years ago, three years ago, I was very rocky. And it was very shaky. But now there’s this groundedness and this awareness of who I am and what I’m doing and what I’m creating. And that feels really beautiful. That feels it’s a really fun space to be in. But that doesn’t mean I’m not going to be back in the figuring it out all over again. Because everything is cyclical, it’s not linear. And it happens all at once. And at different times. And and so right now I’m in that space of feeling grounded, and really honing in on that, and being confident in that. Yeah.

Natalie Franke
Talk to me and the business owners who have ever asked themselves the question, do I matter? Does the work I do really matter? Because something I heard as you went through that process is you arrived at the end, and you kind of said, you know, like, not only did I feel grounded, but there was a sense of understanding the magnitude of the impact and the fact that the world really needs, what you’ve got, the world needs, what you have to offer. And you’ve shown up and done that. And I say this, because I know I know, the past few years have just been so challenging for this community. And everyone comes into it with different lived experiences and different challenges that they’re they’re walking through these, you know, auditory or visual doors with whether you’re watching or listening to the podcast. But nonetheless, I know a lot of people have felt really discouraged and need to return kind of back to themselves need to feel this sense of groundedness. So to that person, like what encouragement would you give?

Arielle Estoria
Yeah, well know that that dis encouragement means that you’re really, you’re really passionate, and you what you’re doing matters a lot to you. So let that be just like a reminder of like, I care so much about this and having that be a fuel, then, you know, like I think about when Amanda Gorman first came into the picture and I, I lost it. I was like, Okay, I’m gonna go get another job. There’s no more space for me in this world. She’s taking it all. And All right, great. What am I gonna do, like I literally had a down word spiral. And sweet smells my sweet, sweet spouse, my sweet partner, he was like, there’s room for both of you. There’s room for Amanda Gorman. And there’s room for Ariella storia. And I really, really needed to hear that. And I think I just give that back to you, there’s room for whoever it is that you’re comparing yourself, whoever you’re thinking is taking up all the space, they are not there is room for what you have, there is room for what you’re bringing to the table. And it’s I think a lot of it, I had attended an event. And each person, you know, we were speaking on different topics and things like that. And we realized in the audience, someone spoke over all of the speakers there, like each of you was going to speak to a different person in the room, you’re not you yourself are not going to be for everyone. That’s not realistic. Everyone has different palates, and different things they need to hear in different spaces that they’re sitting in. So it’s not really realistic for you to speak to every single person in the room. But you will speak to a select few who are specifically there to encounter you. And when you think about that monument, and that power, we lose what social media often gives us as the reach, you know, and the numbers of thing and you really kind of like hone in, you know, like there might be three, four or five in this room of 100. And I’m going to speak to those three, four or five people. And so knowing that it’s not, it’s not for not, you know, like what you’re doing is for someone somewhere at some point in time, and that needs to be our direction in our field. It’s not for everyone, you know, and that’s okay, that would be exhausting to be for everyone and to hold that kind of load. So know that there’s a group of people that your work Your knowledge that your expertise is for, and let it be for them, you know, and they will receive just the most beauty from that, you know, and I think that’s what’s important. Not the numbers, not the reach just the few. If we could come back to the view, I think there’s a ripple there.

Natalie Franke
I agree. I’ve always said, you know, especially in the community building work that I’ve done, if you can impact one person’s life, that is so much more than enough, like one person being impacted by your work, your creativity, that’s a legacy, that’s a legacy to be proud of, we get caught up in those big numbers, but you are right, it’s getting back to back to understanding the value of each human being in that room or in that space or in your business that you can serve. So much value there. Did you always know you were going to go into this sort of work this creative work this? Like, was there ever a world where young Ral imagined like working at a desk at a company or like climbing a corporate ladder? Yeah, tell me about

Arielle Estoria
like, definitely not a corporate ladder. That was That was definitely not ever in my bones. I did, I did used to say I was going to be a teacher. So a little a little corporate ish. That was kind of my first heart and intention. And then as I got into college, actually, I, my initial heart was to do art therapy for gifted children. So children on the spectrum children on any type of, of level of learning, enhancements and needs and things like that. So that’s kind of where I was where I started with being a little bit artistic, but then also being very organized and functional. I’m a left and a right brain creative. And I’m the oldest child, so I have a lot of practical bones in my body. And so at first, it was like, how do I connect this artistic theatrical aspect of who I am, I’m not going to be an actor, you know, I’m not going to be on stage. So those are things I was genuinely telling myself until I was like, How can I just incorporate the two worlds. And so my major is actually a psychology major, that’s what I went to school for, with an emphasis in theater thinking that I would do art therapy, and then obviously, the stage and more aspects of performing kept popping up in my life. And I just was like, I don’t understand what’s happening, maybe I’m not gonna be on stage. So I don’t understand why all these stage opportunities, keep showing up. But I’ve always been a very flamboyant dramaturg of an individual as a kid, even you know, but as you get older, you start to shut out a lot of those dreams within yourself. And so there was a season of life where I wanted to do the practical thing. And then I slowly learned and realize, I’m not made for the practical thing. So let’s just throw that out and move forward from there, you know?

Natalie Franke
Yes, well, I feel as though a lot of us can relate to the fact that we’ve wavered between these big, big dreams. Growing up and growing up has a tendency to kind of make those dreams that once felt so possible, now impossible. And then experiencing that wavering between do we stick to the practical do I chase after my passion? And so I’m curious, you know, in your journey, for those especially because you do you really do talk a lot about the discomforts that you’ve experienced, you talk a lot about the challenges that you faced, you know, for somebody who is feeling like they’re at a stage where they’re wavering. I mean, again, I just, I just had a conversation with someone about the economy, for instance. And like, there’s so much conversation going on in the independent business world around, you know, is this a bad time to be an independent business is this you know, there’s so much fear so much uncertainty. What inspires you to keep going like when something doesn’t pan out, when you first think maybe I’ll be an actor, and then you’re like, I don’t know, maybe I’m not going to do it in that way. Or, because again, it’s like you have invented and reinvented and allowed yourself to explore the dynamic nature of your creativity from spoken word poetry to modeling to acting now. I mean, I, you’re kind of a you’re a big deal. Okay. I saw you modeling with Ashley Graham, in lingerie. So we didn’t just like you done a lot. And you run multiple businesses in that respect, and kind of been this entrepreneurial, creative, what keeps you going like when things don’t go your way, when you hit those uncomfortable moments that friction, that frustration that that? No getting told? Yeah. Well, I

Arielle Estoria
think that’s been so much the foundation of being an artist, like the everything is connected to rejection at some point. So I just had to create a backbone with that. I had to create a backbone with that and I also had to trust that the spaces that would be open to what I offer, the opportunities and the doors that would be open, were doors that were just so very distinctly made. For me, and for what I was doing so because there was that continuous, the doors are opening, and the doors are closing that lean into both and like, Okay, this is just part of it then not, you know, not not making it in the way that I thought I was going to make it or the opportunity not unfolding in the way I thought it was going to unfold. That’s just part of all this, you know, like, when you think of, of what you’re making, like, if this whole thing is a cake, I know, I need some yolk. And I know I need, you know, some flour, and I know, so I think these are all just the ingredients that make up the cake rejection is one of those ingredients, doors closing is one of those ingredients, were going in a different direction is one of those ingredients, you know, agencies not responding back to me is one of those ingredients. And that’s just, I’ve learned now I’ve created a backbone, and not so much of a sensitivity of why don’t they love me? Why don’t they see me, you know, in a sense of like, that wasn’t for me. And I really, really have learned to trust that now. And also on the opposite end really trust that the doors that open are going to be some really great doors and going to be doors that are very specifically for me and for the direction in which I’m going in my career. And in my life. You know, even down to the book, even I think I had gotten a lot of conversations in like 2018. And I just wasn’t ready, I wasn’t ready to write a book. And I met my then my now editor, I’m now at a literary agent at the time I met her in the season of trying to figure out how to either say no to these people, or how to just move forward with a book and ideas that I didn’t genuinely have. And she was the first person to tell me, you know, you don’t have to write a book right now. Like, you know, you can tell these people No. And I was like, What do you mean, again, tell these publishers, no, I’m never gonna get this opportunity again. And, and it’s that deficit mindset that we tend to find ourselves and have like, there may never be another this. And there won’t, but there will be at the same time. And I know that’s so contradicting to here, there won’t be in that way. But there will be in a way that’s so specific for you. And so I just had to trust that. And a year later, I was ready, I did have a proposal, and I had people on my side in my corner to where I wouldn’t get myself in a situation that would have been really not lucrative for my career and where I was going,

Natalie Franke
the only way to get to a great thing often requires us to say no to a good thing. And I had such a similar experience I had, you know, even in my own writing journey, I’d always wanted to write a book, it was a dream, you know, had always been a dream. And I had an offer extended to me shortly after my brain surgery by a publisher that had just been following along with my own journey. And it was an amazing publisher amazing book offer. But in my bones, I was like, I don’t think this is the book I’m supposed to write like, this book is great that they want me to write but the it’s not what I’m supposed to write. And so again, similar journey, I said, No, I went and crafted a new proposal and trusted that by saying no to this really beautiful, great thing because it wasn’t the right time and the right content. It allowed for so much more of the journey to unfold in the books that I’ve written now. And so that takes it takes a lot of guts to do something like that. And business owners experience that all the time, even down to the minutiae of everyday client opportunities that inbound into the inbox, right and you get, you get something that comes in and you’re like, I feel like I have to take this. I feel like I have to say yes to this. Yeah, I see you’re nodding so much. Yes. Like you have to say yes to this, because we start to move into that scarcity, like you said, that deficit mindset of that scarcity mindset. I say, No, it doesn’t come my way. What are some of the ways that you’ve built up the confidence to be able to embrace that word, no, embrace the fact that letting go of what isn’t meant for you has allowed you to move forward into these spaces where you’ve just you’ve thrived, you’ve completely thrived? What has helped you to build that confidence?

Arielle Estoria
I mean, I definitely in the beginning of of it all, I said yes to a lot in a thing that helped me learn what to say no to you know, because I said yes. To everything. And I do think there there can be a season for that, you know, especially with artists and creatives and trying to network and get yourself out there. Sometimes you just got to cast a very wide net. So my season of vs was me casting a very wide net. And then from that wide net, I was able to hone in a little bit more and I’m like, Yeah, I said yes to that one opportunity that honestly didn’t pay well, but I gave my all to it. And that felt icky after so I’m going to do less of that email or I’m, I went to this event, and I just morally couldn’t agree with what was happening. And so I need to do less of that. And so it just was a matter of like, the widest net I cast, I was able to hone in from that and learn, like, I don’t want that again. And I think having advocates and having people, um, you know, getting a literary agent, having an editor, having social media management, having these people who could kind of be a third wall, you know, between me and funnel things a little bit, because I do just take everything as is, I am a very trusting to a fault kind of person. Luckily, I have a partner now who is like, smells funky. I don’t upstate, and I’m like, What do you mean, as well, it’s fine, you know. So I have a lot of people in my corner now who can who I can kind of have on that funnel with and that filter through? And also I think if it’s like, you know, if it’s what is a quote, it’s like, if it’s not, it’s not a hell yes, it’s a no, like, if you’re not absolutely pumped and excited about it, that’s your body, that’s your spirit, that’s your brain telling you, you don’t, you don’t want this, and you don’t genuinely want to do this. And it’s not to be, you know, that language of like, well, I don’t want to do it. It’s not laziness, it’s knowing that, like, you have to have the desire and the fuel and the passion, otherwise, it’s not going to be your best work. So what’s the point, you’re going to result in things that aren’t actual ly representative of the quality and quantity of work, you’re able to actually bring to the table? Because you don’t actually you’re not in it? You know, so you’re just going to produce something. And that is sometimes necessary, you know, especially now and our season where are trying to figure out, you know, like, are we in a recession or not? How are companies doing? How are they not, you know, we’re in a very sticky space. So there are things I’m doing and saying yes to, because I need to generate some bills and income. And I know that about myself and where I’m at. But also, I know there does need to be a level of passion and excitement about what I’m doing. Otherwise, the work is not going to show the quality and the quantity and which I know I can bring to the table.

Natalie Franke
I love the balance in that. And I think it reminds me a little bit of how when you finally realize as a creative that the more you can focus on those things that do light you up those things that do kind of set your soul on fire and then remove the rest from your plate, get it off. And literally I work in honey book that’s like a honey. But that’s literally what we that’s were one of many amazing things, it tries to do that for business owners. It fuels that fire. And so you’re right, there’s that passion that has to be ignited for you to do your best work and to serve your clients well or to create from from such a healthy place. I am curious though, in writing this book and going through your own process of unfolding. You know, why do you think so many of us are afraid of letting go and afraid of the discomfort that’s required, in order for us to become the best person that we can be or the person that we’ve always been meant to be? Why are we so afraid to go there with ourselves?

Arielle Estoria
Yeah, same. I mean, it’s safety, it safety, it’s the fear of being rejected, it’s the fear of belonging, which is, is the one of you know, is the greatest fear, we read desire, we deeply deeply desire to belong. And if there’s any level of risk that that could not happen, we are our fight and flight is going to kick into the tea, and we are not going to take it, you know, and so, I think but there’s a level of that. But then there’s also just like, I think of like, you know, it’s cold here in LA, and weirdly cold here in LA. And it’s that morning, when you’re like, okay, the alarm has gone off. But my covers are very, very warm. And I could just lay here and not be productive today. And some days that’s necessary. But then there are also some days to just rip the covers off, let the cold air meet you get in the shower, get your day started. And I think of that level of warmth and safety and familiar. I’m like it’s super cozy. But I know later in the day for me, if I don’t wake up because I did some movement this morning, I’m going to be completely off, you know, so I have to take that risk. I gotta get up. I gotta start my day. And I have to move forward. And so I think it’s, it’s knowing that what we’re putting in your, your risk is part of the investment. And I don’t think we know that, you know, all the time. It’s like risk, again, is a part of the ingredient. We need it in order to make this full, rich, really yummy thing that we’re trying to create. We need it and it’s terrifying. Yes, no, it’s telling you it’s not terrifying. You know, it is absolutely terrifying. And you’re capable of doing it, you know, and you’re capable of stepping into it, you know, and so know that it is scary and also let that fuel you.

Natalie Franke
So that was what we call stop now Oh, yes, yes, yes. And yes. Oh my gosh, yes, yes, yes. I want to kind of round us out here with one big final question that I do ask at the end of every podcast episode. And I will after we do that, by the way, I would love if you’re up for it to read a little excerpt from your book, are you are you willing to read a little something for us? Okay, good. All right. So let me ask you a question that I just want to allow our listeners to experience a little bit of what they’re gonna have to look forward to when they get their hands on on your new book. The question is, and you can answer this however you want as a creator, as a business owner, however you want to tackle it. Arielle, what do you think is the biggest differentiator between the businesses that succeed and the ones that fail?

Arielle Estoria
Hmm, I think there’s, there’s a few layers to this, I think the difference is the ones that succeed, have the people in it to I think the businesses that take the people out of it, that number them that specify them in a way that takes out the humanity is is where the failing comes in. In that regard. I also think that it takes out the humans running it, you know, like, I love hearing conversations about these big companies in these big spaces that actually do work with the people working and running the organization, you’re allowing them to take rest days, you’re giving them yoga massages on site, you’re nourishing them throughout the day, and not just like stuffing them with like coffee and just keep producing keep you’re you’re reminding the people that they’re people, and that they’re humans and not machines. And that’s what’s creating these businesses and these organizations that are sustaining, because the people are sustained and nourished. And I think that’s important. I also think that it looks at the zeitgeist of what’s happening in the world, when we are just like, well, this is how we do it. And this is how we’ve always done it, you are missing a huge opportunity to connect, to engage and to reach. And I think not knowing and not understanding what’s happening in the world around us, is a reason why organizations, you know, businesses don’t reach up to that power, because they’re not willing to expand and to take risk. I do think, again, there’s also a level of taking risk. Don’t be completely foolish with it. I think there’s practical aspects to taking risk. But when we don’t take the risk again, this is always how he’s done it. We’re not doing if it’s not broke, don’t fix it. But just because it’s not broke, doesn’t mean it doesn’t need to be enhanced, you know. And so, yeah, I think also, yeah, they’re willing to change and they’re willing to grow. I think that has to do with people too. But also build businesses as well. You’re willing to change and you’re willing to go grow in a way that enhances in speaks to who you’re trying? Who was your your demographic? Who is it that you’re trying to reach? And are you gearing yourselves and function yourselves around who you’re trying to reach? If you’re not, then maybe that would be something to assess. So I think, yeah, those are the things that come that come to mind. And that you’re really into include, I think, if your business looks one way, it’s probably not going to be to its fullest potential, because there’s not a whole and roundedness to the people holding it. And I think that goes a lot into the diversity versus inclusion, um, conversation, people should already be at the table. And there should not be one type of person at the table at every table. There should be an array of thought and experiences and backgrounds in order to have a full and rounded business, I think. Yeah, yeah, that’s my two cents.

Natalie Franke
I have loved this conversation. I wish we could keep going for days. I really do. I, I really do. But I want to carve out a little time. Could you read to us? Could you share a little bit with all of us?

Arielle Estoria
Yes. I’m trying to think one of my favorite spaces to to Lee to read is I’ll read this one because I think we’re talking a lot about risk and, and putting ourselves out there. And so this poem, you can find in the returning section, or the returning chapter, I don’t know what really phase it could be called any of those things, but this poem was called out of hiding. A friend came over one evening for dinner. I lit a candle, I vacuumed the carpet fluffed the pillows mop the kitchen, the usual tidying, but I did not feel the need to hide unwanted pieces in the closets, mostly because they were already too full to begin with. I did not talk the dirty laundry into an unseen place and instead the pile sat where the pile has set the corner clutter of my office stayed just as such and what permission that is to not have to hide the unwanted pieces of who we are to not tuck away under the bed the parts of us we find dirty to let the clutter be clutter and know that we are still wholeheartedly and fully able to be embraced. Loved seen come out of hiding love fall from under the bed the pieces of you hiding and come as you are come as all that you are.

Natalie Franke
Why am I crying? Ah, I hope that one reached through whatever speakers you are hearing this sera whatever you are reading this on, or watching this on and touched her soul. Arielle, thank you so much for pouring into this community and for sharing with all of us. We absolutely adore you. Where can our listeners learn more about the book? Where can they find it? Where is it for sale? Where can they follow along with your journey tell us all the things,

Arielle Estoria
all the things so I’m all things connected to me. You can search through my name Arielle with the double L E Astoria. That’s dot com. That’s Instagram. That’s Twitter that’s Tik Tok with an extra A at the end of the story because I can’t figure out my login for another account. So we’re living there. And you can find the book. In the audio book. Wherever audiobooks, ebooks and physical books are sold. I have some links on my website, where you can find those if you would like to shop black owned, you can find the book The reparations club as well. And then your local bookstore, please go into your local store and see if they have it available there. And if not, maybe call them and be like you should have this book available there. So yeah, the ebook I think is is really fun. Obviously, I think I have a way of saying things as well as writing things. So the audio book is a great way to just hear me in the car as you’re driving and going about your day. And then the physical book is just really pretty. So it might be something that you just want to have a wrap. So I think I want

Natalie Franke
one of each. So I will be buying one of each. Because I just can’t get enough. Thank you so much. I’m so grateful for you and just have loved our conversation.

Arielle Estoria
To thanks for having me.

Natalie Franke
That ends our episode of The Independent Business Podcast. Everything that we’ve discussed today can be [email protected]. Head to our website for access to show notes, relevant links and all of the resources that you need to level up. And if you’ve enjoyed today’s episode, be sure to subscribe to the podcast so that you never miss our future content. Drop us a review and leave our guests some love on social. Thanks again for listening.

Episode 9 Transcript: How I made a quarter million dollars in the creator economy with multiple revenue streams

Natalie Franke
Welcome back to The Independent Business Podcast. Today’s episode is gold. If you are someone that has one stream of revenue, that is the primary source that feeds your bottom line and your business, or if you’re someone who has added additional revenue streams and is curious about what that looks like behind the scenes of somebody else’s business, you are in for a treat. Today we are talking about the creative economy, we are talking about the future of work, we are digging into the conditioning that so many of us have been taught about W to work and having a full time job. And we’re even getting as detailed into the minutiae of talking about cash flow. And like I mentioned revenue streams and how all of this plays into the future that we are all facing in regards to economic uncertainty and changes that are beyond our control. I’m sitting down with an extraordinary human being the one and only Jay Clouse Jay is the founder of creator science, which helps you to become a smarter creator. He previously led the community experience team for Pat Flynn and Smart Passive Income designing their paid membership community and cohort based course programs. Jay is amazing. I was on his podcast about three years ago, and I’ve been following his journey along the way, we’re going to talk about how he brought in over $300,000 in revenue last year, and what it took to get there some eye opening mindset shifts, but also the nitty gritty of where that money comes from, and what his revenue streams look like, and how many he even has, and all of that in today’s episode, you’re not gonna want to miss it. Hey, everyone, this is your host, Natalie Frank, and you’re listening to the independent business podcast, more people than ever are working for themselves and building profitable businesses in the process. So on this show, I sit down with some of the most influential authors, entrepreneurs and creators to break down the science of self made success so that you can achieve victory.

Natalie Franke
Hey, Jay, thank you so much for joining us.

Jay Clouse
Hello. Excited to be here. Natalie. I told you off air but very jealous of your studio setup. It’s beautiful.

Natalie Franke
I know. Well, I admitted off air. You know, my Airbnb that I rented for a tiny bit of quiet in the chaos with two toddlers that is my home. So I’m also enjoying it this a little bit more, you know, relaxation for my headspace to get to get rolling into the podcast. Thank you, though. And I I want to say before we dive in, I have been a huge fan of yours for a very long time I had the honor to be a guest on your podcast, I think about I looked I tried to look and see it was like three years ago,

Jay Clouse
it had been that long as possible. It’s probably one two years.

Natalie Franke
Yeah, it’s definitely more than two, I think it’s three. And at the time, I’ll never forget I you know, hopped on your podcast, we did an interview together. And I got off that interview. And I thought to myself, Wow, that was one of the best conversations I’ve ever had on a podcast, the amount of, you know, intention and preparation. And you are somebody that like you’re when I talk about being an iceberg. You’re an iceberg, J like what people see on the surface is extraordinary. But the amount of hard work you have going into everything that you produce a new share externally. It shows right I do a lot of I’ve done a lot of interviews, but I can tell and so I got up and I was like, Oh, alright, that’s a new standard for me. Like it set a standard. And we joked even before hopping on, I was like I look at all the content you’re creating how you lead how you cultivate community, the way that you show up, and for me, you’re pushing boundaries and setting new standards. And it inspires so many. But before we get into all the awesome things you’re doing today, I would love to hear from you. What was your journey like into becoming a creator and building this community of creators and equipping kind of the future of work with the tools that they need to succeed? How did you get here?

Jay Clouse
Well, I started in startups, I co founded a software company in 2014. And we did kind of the typical fundraising accelerator path. We had an exit, the company was sold in late 2015, I believe. And that was a crazy wild ride. And it was exhausting. And it didn’t have another idea that I wanted to do. So I took a job at a venture backed healthcare startup in product and really didn’t like having a boss. So I’m totally honest, I just really had a hard time adjusting to that. And so we’re going to be about a year in at that company. And I was thinking myself, I really feel like I need to get out of here and do something else. But I hadn’t figured out what that looked like yet. We had a company leadership meeting. And the company it started company, they’re basically like, Hey, we’re completely moving in this new direction. And J the product you’ve been overseeing we’re actually going to deprioritize that and you’re going to start leading this product over here. And I just had this feeling where I was like, Oh, this is the moment this is like the moment when I should go because like I don’t want to start something new and and then have to transition to somebody else. Like I should just go now. So I told him I said well, I’ll give you like up to six weeks if you want so I think we have about six weeks of work that our dev team still needs to do. And they said, Well, you’re gonna move tomorrow. So you can just, you know, clean out your desk, and we’ll pay you two weeks. And that’ll be that. So like, within a span of 48 hours, I went from thinking, I’m probably going to leave some time, the next couple of months to, I’m out, I have no responsibilities and no plan. So, you know, I spent the first month kind of figuring out what I want to do. And I started doing some freelancing, which I didn’t have the term for that at the time, but I was like, I bet I can get somebody to pay me something to do something else. And that was true. I started doing things like email marketing, and building WordPress websites. I even had one guy who paid me to name his startup, that was a really fun project. But then I started facilitating mastermind groups was essentially the business that I started was I started putting together these groups of five, I would do a cohort of like 15 to 20 people at a time. And again, we didn’t really have these words, like masterminds were around. But we didn’t talk about cohort based courses. We didn’t talk about even online community that much in 2017. Like we were using slack, I had to teach people how to download and use Zoom. And so I was doing a lot of things that a lot of people are doing today in 2017. And the the outcome of that was creating an online community. And that community was acquired and absorbed into Pat Flynn’s Smart Passive Income community. And, you know, I’ve just been kind of chugging along the whole time learning a little bit more about the online creator business model, year after year, lots of happy accidents, a couple lucky breaks, and just like consistent, hard work.

Natalie Franke
I’m telling you iceberg, I called it, I called it. But speaking of hard work, so you’ve done a lot to get to this point, and you’ve had success, I’ve been thought of a lot of success. I mean, beyond even selling the stock. I mean, just like even in the last 612 months, as I’ve been following your journey, you know, you’ve had a lot of income success, you’ve shared about that, really, transparently. You are somebody that practices what you preach around just being open and trying to kind of uplift and empower all creators right in their journey. And you’ve shared a little bit I believe you had set a goal for we’re talking last year rewinding a little bit for a quarter of a million and then you thought 300,000 And then you almost hit what Where did you end up last year? 2022.

Jay Clouse
We ended up at 338. So it wasn’t quite 350,000. But yeah, there was there was a moment where it was, I think the end of September, in we were at 225 I say we but the royal we have my company, we’re at 225,000. And I thought to myself, Wow, if I can average $25,000 per month for the next three months, I can break $300,000 This year, that’ll be crazy. And then we blew past it. So that was incredible. And you know, we’re sitting here recording this in February, February, has been far and away my best month, like almost 2x, my previous highest month. So it’s it’s been wild for the last few months. But you know, it’s also spiky sometimes, like it’s not just completely clean upwards trajectory, like you have great months. And then you inevitably like don’t hit that same mark the next month. It’s I’m already mentally and emotionally preparing myself because I know, this month was a unique month, I do not expect and really don’t even see a path where I would have the same financial success in March as I did this February. So that impacts you know, how I prepare myself emotionally. It impacts how I prepare the business financially, you know, what am I doing with those funds. But you know, all that success, it’s great to celebrate and highlight those things. But I do want to call out also that it’s not a perfect, flawless curve up into the right forever, like, you zoom out and the trend is up into the right. But there are plenty of peaks and valleys you know, all along the way.

Natalie Franke
Let’s talk about that. Let’s dig into that for a second. So people see the peaks, right people see the highlight reel, they see what we put out into the world but the valleys are often left off of right the the public, publicly shared spaces, it’s kind of we tuck it into the dark corner and I think of it like the dog hair tumbleweeds that you would find right now in my living room if you looked closely enough, but in the case of building your business, you have been more transparent about those about those valleys, you have been transparent about those learnings in getting to the point where you did you know, over $300,000 last year, what were some of those hurdles, those valleys those lessons learned that, you know, if somebody is stepping into, you know, starting an independent business, maybe scaling or growing an independent business that they should know upfront that they that you would prefer they don’t make that mistake themselves or that you kind of look back on and you’re like whew, man, I that really taught me something.

Jay Clouse
I feel like my valleys last year weren’t as painful as the valleys are Early on in the business, so I might want to talk about those instead. Because let’s, the mistakes are a little bit different. Early on the big mistakes that I made, were all related to budgeting and cashflow. Because you know, I was doing these mastermind programs, they were 12 week programs. And I had figured out the math, so that, okay, if I charge this price, which I believe was $400, at the start, if I charge $400, and get 15 people to buy that, that should pay my rent, and my expenses for the three months that this program runs, I can just keep doing that, almost that doesn’t take into account taxes, it also doesn’t take into account any type of savings, it also doesn’t take into account, seasonality, because what I learned was, I really had to plan out my calendar of programming for the year because I finished one of these 12 week programs in October of 2017. And I realized, I’m not going to be able to get 15 people to join a program that runs through Thanksgiving, Christmas, and New Year’s like it would just be a mess. So suddenly, I had three months, where there was not going to be that income. And I hadn’t planned or save for that. So that was like the real pain that I felt early on in the business that really taught me that I need to have a clear handle on what it costs for me to exist even beyond my expenses, but things like taxes, and ideally, some savings, you know, because you want to be building towards something. And I need to have a clear understanding of how cash is going to flow into the business to cover those, you know, savings and expense goals. That was the really painful thing that I tried to share with as many people as I can, because people don’t often think about like the accounting and the reporting and the cash flow side of things. And they go through these feast and famine cycles of freelancing. And they’re not thinking about, Oh, I had a really great month, I should put some of that away for the bad month that might become theirs think I have more than I can spend. And it makes a huge difference.

Natalie Franke
A lot of service based businesses experienced, even those who had been doing this for a very long time, experienced that same panic moment at the start of 2020. And I remember these conversations happening, because in that business model, again, like looking from kind of maybe more of a digital creator model to let’s say, like a service based independent business model. You can project out similar to like running a mastermind, you can sort of project out and say, Okay, I see the contracts, I can see how things are going. But it was as if, in a matter of a week, your entire roadmap for the year was just wiped off, just wiped gone. And I remember in that moment, a lot of folks who had felt very comfortable with the seasonality of their business, they had learned their cash flow, but the saving side, the emergency fund side that hadn’t been established. And so I think you know, even you know, in year one, when you’re getting started, you’re right, you get into because you’re passionate about something, you want to do something, you have that realization, and you’re craving some thing, if it’s freedom, it could be financial creative, you don’t want to boss you, you know, want to make more money, whatever it is. And then you actually get into the operationalizing of that idea and turning it into your profit. And you just start to realize, okay, there’s a lot I didn’t know, there’s a lot I didn’t realize, right? When a check for $1,000 comes in, that’s not $1,000 I get to take home and pay my bills with right it starts getting immediately dissected down into taxes and expense, all sorts of expenses, things like that. And then even then you can be five years in and something happens. 2020 was a major wake up call for a lot of us. But also, you know, it could be illness, it could be you have a kid, you know, you find out you’re having a kid like there are so many things you don’t foresee. And you know, we live in a country where all of the infrastructure has been built for W to work and corporate employees, and perhaps not so much for creators for independent businesses, which I’m hoping we can change. I’m hoping folks like you and I can bring more awareness to the future of work in this growing economy. But I’m curious to know, you know, you mentioned some of these major lessons in the beginning, as you grew, do you feel as though you know, you were able to like make the mistake once learn from it and then discover, like, built upon your knowledge base and that the lessons changed, like you mentioned, or was it something where Yeah, okay, so tell me more about as you scaled, you know, what were some of those lessons or those learnings that you had as you scaled because a lot of people think once I get through that first year, I learned what I need to know. And then you know what I’m done. I don’t have to innovate. I don’t have to keep learning. I don’t have to stay curious. But I’m curious to know Yeah, for you. What was that? Like?

Jay Clouse
I think this is this itself is a skill. Like I think about this in terms of efficiency. I want my experiences to be efficient in that I get the most out of them that I can so that I don’t need to experience the same thing. Think twice to learn it. You know, I think efficiency applies to a lot of areas of business. But in terms of, you know, growing and improving, I’m actually doing a YouTube video about this now, which by the time this airs, I’m sure it’s actually live on my channel. And it’s talking about the the advice of being consistent. And why that’s dangerous in misguides. A lot of people, because people here be consistent, and they think that means, okay, I need to publish my thing, every week, or maybe every day. They think that consistency means a fast paced schedule of how often they should publish. But really, to me, consistency applies to things like, are you creating a consistent experience when people interact with you and your work? Are you consistently providing value when you do show up? Are you consistently improving, because if you’re not, then it’s very hard to have status quo in anything, you know. So if you’re not improving, chances are you’re probably getting worse. And you’re probably losing attention by losing people. So it’s really, really important to continue to build on to things over and over and over, you know, we were just talking about budgeting and cashflow, one of the best things I did for my business was implement Profit First, and open up separate bank accounts for the different parts of my business that were funded through the Profit First allocation process. That was kind of a pain to set up. But now, like, I interact with that system, twice a month, and it takes maybe 10 minutes each time, you know, so building your own business, whether it’s a service based business or a creator based business, it’s a lot of incremental, foundational improvements that allow you to allocate more and more time to the creative work that, you know, goes out to the world. And it just takes time, it takes time that you can compress things, you can get better at that you can get help and have people walk you through how to do things, the most impactful and efficient way. But there’s still some level of time, that’s just gonna take, you know, you need to look at this whole venture as a long term experience. And you need to realize that you can either have the mindset that time is working against you, or time is working for you. And I like to think that time is working for you, if you’re planning for the long term. And you know, you get a few years and you have these systems built. And suddenly, things just feel a lot easier. You know, I tell people all the time who are just getting started, this is probably the hardest it’s going to be okay, it gets a little bit easier, all the time. In my experience, I know there there are unforeseen circumstances that pop up and life happens and things throw you curveballs but from a from a business maturity and systems and even audience perspective. Generally, things get easier,

Natalie Franke
right? I don’t even take a step and say technology to I mean, the way that I had to run a business a decade and a half ago, when I started my first truly like my first small business, when I started, were not counting lemonade stand days, you know, the amount of work I had to do manually, the amount of work that, you know, took twice, three times as long as it does. Now, not just because of the skill sets gained, right and experience gained. But because of the technological changes that have happened in that decade and a half, you know, we’re hearing about things like you know, chat GPT, hitting 100 million monthly active users in two months, becoming, you know, the fastest growing fastest growing in history. You know, tick tock took nine months, Instagram took two and a half years to hit that same metric. These these new technologies that are emerging, emerging are starting to change the landscape. They’re also really disrupting the way that we work, not just independence and creators, but the big we like all humankind. I’m curious to know, taking into account technology, your experience and you know, growing multiple different types of businesses over the years. What do you see is the like as the future of work? What do you see, you know, for creators, not just today, but going forward? Do you see it getting easier to become a creator and to build a business like the one that you’ve built? Do you see it actually becoming harder because of, you know, more saturated landscape or more challenging because of AI? Is that going to replace us? Like, I’d love to just dig into your mind a little bit as you look for it and project out and use you do that zooming that you’ve talked about,

Jay Clouse
you know, there are warring parts of my mind on this. There’s the very cynical part of me, and then there’s the optimistic part of me and you know, the truth is probably somewhere in the middle. So I’m constantly you know, on some sort of pendulum swing between the two, because the pessimistic or sent Go side of me thinks that a lot of it’s going to come down to where you live, and the culture of your society. Because I could see certain countries or cities in the world who look at this advancement of technology and say, This is great, we’re gonna set up the system so that people don’t work in order to have the resources to live, we’ve got, we’ve got that taken care of. And that would be pretty awesome. Because, you know, I think a lot of people who strive for financial independence, what they actually want is creative independence, when they get financial independence, what do they do, they spend their time doing things that they want to do to creatively express themselves. So what people really want is creative independence, they just feel like financial independence is the only way to gain that. And I think advances in technology could give people financial independence, if societally and culturally, that’s what we agreed we wanted to do. But not all countries are going to do that. I don’t think that the United States would do that. Correct. And so, you know, I see the opportunity for less work, if you live in a place that values that, or are able to set up a system for yourself that enables that, I feel like I’m in a privileged position now. Where because I’ve been building a business for six years, I’m going to be able to reap the benefits of these new things. And people who are doing a lot of Client Services, where tools are getting better and better. I would be nervous in that situation, I really would. Now I think that we’re going to see a lot of creation of new roles, like a lot of these tools require some input, still some sort of prompting, there’s probably going to be QA that’s involved in all these things. So there will be shifting of where human intervention and creativity is needed, even with really great tools. So if I were if I were still doing a service based business, I would be getting really good at those tools, like I would be reserving a lot of time to learn how to do them well to speak a language well to understand how to work with them. Because not only does that help future proof you but that’s also a huge area of opportunity right now. Because there’s a lot of people with question marks that are retweeting threads about Jack chat GPT, who have no idea how to use it, that would love somebody to come in and say, here’s how we can apply this to your business and make that great. So, you know, the future is bright, the future is scary. The people who will make it out on the other side of the people who are paying attention and getting good at it. And hopefully, you know, as a global society as a big we, we we start to have conversations around what is work? What do we do work for?

Natalie Franke
Right? Right, we’ve started I know, even in the state of Maryland, where I’m sitting right now, there have been conversations around the four day workweek, right? There have been these initiations, these, these kind of, let’s talk about it. And although we know, you know, progress is slow. I think it’s an exciting time to be alive. I, you reminded me as you were talking about when the iPhone first came out, and I was a photographer at the time, I was shooting weddings at that point, although very, very early in my career. And I remember vividly when the iPhone came out, and all of a sudden, it was as if every professional photographer was saying, well, we’re not going to have a job, there’s going to be no need for us as professional photographers, because now everyone’s going to have a camera in their pocket, everyone’s going to be able to take this camera out whenever they want, they don’t have to hire us. And as I was watching that happen, I kind of witnessed the thought leaders at the time go into sort of two camps, right? The one was doomsday and was, you know, don’t become a photographer, or have anything to do with photography, if you want a career in five to 10 years, because the iPhone is going to erase us and all this visual technology that can do our jobs will erase us. And then there was this other camp that kind of said, no, no, no, no, actually, it could go the other way. If we learn to use these tools, and people get more exposed to these technologies, the quality that will be demanded will increase. So as more people have cameras, we will expect better photographs, as we expect better photographs, and they become more available to everyone more accessible to the masses, right? Like we will actually crave higher quality, we will crave the human touch even more. And it’s been fascinating to see that some of that was right. But also there was so much we couldn’t have imagined, you know, with that iPhone being created, creators now exist, like this entire category of income, right generation, and the future of work has shifted so dramatically, because with that phone then became you know, social media platforms kind of had this ability to grow and to expand and with that, this need for more content and as marketing shifted, there’s been so many changes that came from that one moment. And so I think we’re kind of living in a similar a similar era where AI is, you know, starting to become more accessible. It’s always been there for a while. People have had access for a very, very long time. It’s getting better, right, but now it’s becoming increasingly accessible to the everyday A human with something like, you know, opening I chat GPT. And it reminds me the iPhone moment. And so I think I think there’s an opportunity here to Yeah, be cautious. And, you know, I love how you said, there’s the skeptic side of me, there’s the optimistic side of me and find find a route in the middle where you can actually learn these tools. And I’m curious to know, like, what technology as a creator? Do you lean on both AI? And then just general technology? What are you using in your business? Is there anything for you know, an independent business owner that you’re like, look, this is a must have, this is something new, I’ve started using this is something I thought I need it, but I don’t I’m so curious to know what the behind the scenes behind the curtain looks like.

Jay Clouse
At this point, it’s mostly notion, actually, most of what I do is a notion from task management that was easy to move over. But also content planning. And everything in between all my notes are in there. So a lot of the improvements that I’ve made over the last year is improving my notion hygiene. So that things are a little bit more clean and efficient and easy to find and, and tied together into single databases that are easy to be searched and related. A lot of notion. And then you have the actual production tools, things like Riverside for the podcast, things like my website, I use Ghost for that. And then there’s file sharing, you know, I use Dropbox, mostly to work with my team on that, and slack to communicate with them. Like really, that’s that’s about it. Like, of course, there’s stuff in the middle, but nothing that’s all that surprising. It’s a lot of organizing and planning and notion, producing with whatever tools help for producing, sharing and communicating.

Natalie Franke
Awesome. Awesome. Yeah, the simplicity side of it, I think it can feel overwhelming. But when you lay it out like that, it’s like, oh, yeah,

Jay Clouse
I would just do my bookkeeping today. And I pay for a lot of subscriptions. So there’s like a lot of things in there, you know, Photoshop to hype, fury, with twitter, and like all kinds of little bitty things. But those aren’t really important. They’re just things that I found, save me an incremental amount of time in the production of certain processes. And I judged that to be worth, you know, $12 a month. Yeah, so I do have a lot of software and it creeps up a little bit every month. And I go when I call some of its stuff that I’m not actually using. But at the core, you know, it’s it’s really planning, production, collaboration and communication.

Natalie Franke
Yeah, that’s awesome. Pivoting a little bit here, from tech, into your thoughts on UGC, as a whole user generated content. Earlier in the beginning of this year, I shared my own hot take on this. And I really want to get into it with you and hear a little bit of your thoughts on the matter. And my hot take was this. We are entering a new era, where we will see the decline of the influencer and the rise of the UGC content creator, just my take, and it’s a hot take. It’s not one everyone would agree with. And I define them as and I’ll explain because I think it can be easy to be like, Well, wait, what’s the difference? An influencer relies on their own platform size at scale. However, there’s a little bit of that crossover some creators do as well. But the ability for someone to actually create content for other brands, regardless of their platform size, right? Like their actual creative ability is what drives their revenue. Whereas as an influencer, it could be your creative ability, but for the most part, it’s you, right, like you are the product versus your creativity is the product and your ability to serve a company on the UGC side is the kind of offering that you have. I’d be curious to know for you like, is that something that you see happening? Also, is it something you disagree with? Do you define these two sort of perspectives differently? I’d love to know, I’m so curious.

Jay Clouse
Let me start by saying I don’t think I’ve ever actually used the term UGC. And so I’m reflecting right now and reacting. Why is that? Because I’m aware of it. So why don’t I talk about it? And I think it’s because when I think about creators, and that’s the lens I use for everything, that’s a terminology that I’ve started using and that I lean into, but even the word creator is pretty huge. In who that who that is. And I look at the Creator landscape, and I see essentially a Venn diagram between people who are focused on more entertainment based content, and people who are focused on more education based content. Of course, there’s an overlap there, but my world is the creator educators is what I call them. And I don’t think UGC as part of the revenue model is very common over there. Because the advice that I give most creators is I think your revenue model has indirect revenue. It has direct revenue. And I classify things that require a third party as indirect. And so most sponsorship, I see as indirect revenue. And that’s great when the sun is shining, and you can make hay over there, and you have that opportunity. But I try not to encourage people to build their business on it. Because it can dry up, they can go away from macro economic, correct things out of your control. It’s not all that different than the the 2020 moment we saw in services, we, I saw a very similar impact on the sponsorship I had lined up for the launch of my show, which happened in March of 2020. That sponsorship didn’t happen. And I remembered that that’s something that I think about, and you you have a more resilient business, when you’re relying on direct means of revenue, meaning that your customers are your audience. And there’s not a third party in that transaction. So again, I don’t think that there’s any problem with having that as part of the part of your revenue model, I think it’s great to diversify your revenue model when you have the opportunity. And you see that there are easy ways to tack on. So in your definition, as I’m thinking reflecting on this, I could see that, I mean, I do think that there will always be sponsorship opportunities for influencers with large platforms, because there is still so much money wrapped up in television and radio that hasn’t wised up and moved over. And, you know, these these large accounts are essentially, you know, the easy button spend for that same type of revenue. Do I also see people getting a little bit more sophisticated and understanding that they can get more bang for their buck with an aggregation of smaller creators who have an engaged audience Absolutely, takes more work, it takes more sophistication, but definitely opportunity there. And, you know, I’m sure that there’ll be technology that facilitates that aggregation of smaller UGC creators, for brands who want to put a lot of spending on something. But it’s challenging for brands who have a large amount of spend to deploy that to smaller groups, because they need large reach numbers for it to make sense. And that means a lot of UGC creators, so there needs to be some sort of marketplace, you know, in the middle, making that market.

Natalie Franke
I really love what you said, though, about direct revenue versus indirect, it’s something that, you know, as a lot of our listeners have service based businesses, they’re thinking, so when I say like influenza, you just see for them, that’s an indirect, it’s an additional aspect to their potential business, but they do, you know, work primarily with direct contract based work. Similar, but slightly different to how you define creator economy. Although there’s a lot of there’s a lot of overlap or growth into, like, we’ll see a lot of service based business owners that, you know, build a very, very, very profitable, service based business. And then they start to add on education, for example, to help train the next generation, they see gaps, and they’re like, Oh, we got to fix this, we have to teach so that we can kind of raise the tide a little bit and, you know, equip kind of future folks that do what I do in a way that they can do it better. And they’ll kind of move more into that creator, educator landscape. When you look at the layout of a healthy, you know, revenue generating business in your world. First of all, how many revenue streams? Are we talking here? Because I do think a lot of folks in my world fall into the trap of thinking, one revenue stream, is it I mean, truly, like, that’s, that’s how they generate? How many revenue streams do you have? How many do you see other creators having? Is there a sweet spot? Is there a great number? And then what percentage of that is direct and indirect? I would love to kind of understand, you know, what’s that formula into the self made success equation that creates a sustainable and resilient revenue model in your business?

Jay Clouse
These are great questions. I keep good records, I actually have pretty accurate answers for most of these things. So I’ll use I’ll use my own business as kind of a benchmark, but know that this is one example. And there are lots of different ways you could do this. And I’ll talk a little bit about that. So in 2022, I had 41 separate income sources. 26 of those were affiliate partners. So you’re really talking about 16 different sources, you know, and of those 26 affiliate partners, three of them are about 80% of my affiliate revenue. So I break down things into buckets, and I believe it’s six buckets, seven buckets, but only six of them were significant, that I count as revenue streams from last year, I had memberships digital products. sponsorship, royalties, affiliate income, patronage and services. Seven, patronage was very small patronage was literally my buy me a coffee account where people read my email and like this was great, here’s $5. So I actually cut that out of the business. So I’m down to six. The great thing about having six revenue streams is, again, I keep good records, and I look back on my year last year, and there were periods of time, where my revenue was incredibly consistent at a top line level, like there would be a three to four month period where month over month, this was around $30,000 in top line revenue. But when you look into each of those months, some of those buckets were at like zero, and some of those buckets had huge months. So it’s, it’s wild to look at this and say this is actually very consistent and easy for me to project even though the sources of income change in proportionality each month. That’s the benefit of having multiple revenue streams as you start to get that effect. And then some months everything hits, and you’re like, This is nuts, which usually follows by a month that’s kind of down. For example, the way that I track sponsorship in my business is when it actually hits my bank account. Then I say this is realized revenue for this month, and I’m counting that as revenue on my books. Most months that I book sponsorship, I don’t recognize that revenue, the month that is booked, I’ll probably recognize it a month or two later. So the months that are really high in terms of sponsorship revenue, are not even the biggest months where like the activity that happened that the activity to earn that happen. And it’s similar in services a lot of times, because depending on your payment terms, you might have this pipeline where you sign the contract today, but you might not get paid until 60 days from now. So you really want to have this is kind of going into a cash flow discussion, but I’ll try to reel it back into revenue streams. Having multiple revenue streams is good, because it makes you more resilient. However, it can also be kind of a distracting activity to try and build up six revenue streams all at the same time when none of them are working really strongly like my my recommendation is to build a direct revenue stream, make it strong, and then start to say, Okay, now what do I add on another direct revenue stream? Do I see that okay, now I have the opportunity for this indirect stream of sponsorship because the audience is there, you know, I would I would go one at a time. And again, this is where time plays in your favor is. You know, after six years, these things start to really add up.

Natalie Franke
That was a little bit of a mic drop moment, from the standpoint of a couple, couple different kind of different realms one being, again, circling back, viewing time with a mindset that it’s in your favor. Also, acknowledging that you can’t set up six slash seven revenue streams overnight. You’ve been doing this for years. So as you said, encouraging everyone, you know, start one at a time. Once you have that new revenue stream, grow it, build it, secure it, then open your eyes to the next thing, kind of taking those incremental bites out of growing that overall pool. But then also, like you mentioned, having those multiple streams means that you have multiple different ways to hit those revenue goals month over month. And so as you see those fluctuations, for some people, it seasonality for others, it’s just natural fluctuations based on timing and contracts, or timing and sponsorships or whatever it is. Right. It’s no longer such a critical blow to where you’re going who wow, I have to make up this amount of money with my one revenue stream because something fell through and I’m really stuck. No, you have these other faucets right if you think about them all pouring into the same pool. But it also reminds me a little bit of a question that I got on Tik Tok, not that long ago, around is this a terrible time to start a business? Somebody asked me, you know, with a recession conversations around economic headwinds, is this a good or bad time to start a business? To which I answered? Well, look, I think you know, you when you have a W two job, you could get laid off at any point, your job could go away tomorrow, the project you’re working on can get deprioritize like you’ve experienced, and that’s for many people, your only revenue stream, your W two job. When you start a small business. Yes, there are risks. We know this. Yes, it is hard. We know this. But what I’m hearing you say is you can build a business over time, with multiple streams coming in. And I would argue that is a safer perhaps with time, a safer path forward for financial freedom, because should one stream get shut off? If you’ve diversified strategically over time, you have the ability to grow very resiliently into the future regardless of economic climate. I’d be curious if someone were to come to you today if a creator or someone aspiring to become a creator, a service based business owner who is the getting about, you know, do I go full time I’ve been doing this thing on the side? I’m hearing in the news every day Doomsday, the economy is crashing, everything’s gonna fall apart, or people aren’t sure there’s just so much uncertainty? Should I do it? Is it a bad time to start a business? Is it a good time to start a business? Is there such a thing? I want to hear Jay’s take on this one?

Jay Clouse
Well, we’re gonna have to clear the next hour, because I’m getting out my soapbox now. Do it on top of it. I’m really glad you bring this up. Because this is another cultural thing. I think we have this conditioning to think that employment is a binary thing. You’re either employed, or you’re not. And we think that even being self employed is this completely different? Look, you are selling some amount of your time for some compensation, whether you’re employed, or whether you’re doing anything else. In a full time deputy job, you get some extra perks, and you also get extra constraints. But there’s really virtually no difference between a full time deputy job and doing client services. You know, it’s how many clients you have, and what are you being paid for it? Are you getting paid benefits? Are they taking care of your taxes and putting them aside, it’s, it’s not different, having a full time deputy job is having a full, like having one client, there’s no job security, job security is not a thing, you know, like that can go away at any time. So I do truly believe that the best job security, like my, my version of job security is that I feel secure, I could go get a job tomorrow if I wanted to. And it would be the highest paying job I’ve ever had. Because I’ve spent six years collecting a ridiculous set of skills that nobody in the job market has, and a ton of insight and a ton of discipline, I would make an incredible employee, if I were willing to do it, being a creator doing things on the side, whatever, it makes you infinitely more employable. In my opinion, you know, of course, some employers look at that and see you as a risk, maybe a flight risk. But if I’m an employer who’s looking for someone that’s really talented and can do the job, like, I’m going to take that risk if you’re available. So I do believe that one of the best things you can do is start building something that is accruing equity to you directly on the side equity, meaning like the work you’re putting in, you’re not getting a paycheck. And that’s the end of the transaction, the work you’re putting in has compounding returns over time. You know, I think back to when I was working in a job where people I know, and they got a raise of like a couple $1,000 per year, I broke that down to hourly, what raises, you just get hourly, for the amount of work you’re doing for that company this year, it’s hilariously low. Maybe I’m coming off as kind of callous in that way. But I just I just think we’ve really been conditioned to think that this is a good trade that we’re making, right? And if you’re willing to work a little bit harder, and do some of the administrative work, and some of the learning to get good at the administrative work. It’s so much more lucrative and secure. To build something of your own.

Natalie Franke
What do you think made you open your mind to that possibility? Because I don’t know about you. But did you always think you are going to be an independent or independent of the system? Did you like in terms of corporate work? Or did you stumble into that, like, what was the moment for you that you kind of realized this because a lot of people, you know, there is so much fear. And with that conditioning, it’s like I think of it like you know, a sled going down a hill. If everyone keeps going down the hill in the same same positioning, you’re gonna get these deep rivets in the snow. And so every sled keeps, you know, goes to high school goes to college is told to go get the corporate job is told to climb the career ladder is told to then get married and have kids and we’ve seen this for a very, very long time, at least again in this country. And through a specific lens. Now we’re seeing people take their sled and like completely go the other direction. These new paths are emerging, and we’re more widely aware of it. But like for you, what was the moment you realized, okay, maybe I don’t have to follow this path I’ve been conditioned and told is success. And you started to kind of carve out something for yourself.

Jay Clouse
We have to see it. Some people are lucky that when they grow up their parents or people close to them can model that type of life. And you know, before the internet was ubiquitous before we had social media, like entrepreneurs were weirdos that nobody understood what they’re doing. They didn’t have networks even communicate. So you didn’t you didn’t know that there are other people doing what you’re doing. You didn’t connect with the other person who owned a shoe store two states over. You just wanted to build your own thing. And so you made a shoe store you’re and you’re the only person you knew who was doing it, you have to get exposed to it. It’s like anything that you’re unaware of like, once you become aware of it, you start to say, oh, things are different than I thought. And it’s kind of confronting, and it takes a certain person to be willing to take that confronting new information and say, I’m going to change my model of how the world works. A lot of people just aren’t willing to do that. And they grit their teeth, and they keep walking through with their, their same narrative. And that’s okay, that’s that, like, the world needs those people. And sometimes those people are happier, because life is simpler, and that’s totally okay. But if you, you know, you need to be deconditioned. And made aware of these things. You know, it was something that I think is really transformational for me in the last year, is I became friends with Marie pulin, who has a business called notion mastery. She’s awesome. She teaches people how to use notion really well. I had her on the podcast, she told me that notion, mastery was earning $40,000 per month on the podcast. At that time, my business was doing less than $10,000 per month, and I just thought to myself, holy shit, that’s possible. And I can’t, I can’t imagine what that would look like in my business. But man, I’m gonna strive for that. And just by having my mind open to that possibility, and spending time around Marie, understanding how she thought about things, seeing that she’s not fundamentally different than me, by the end of the year, my business is in the same position now. And this month, I’m more than double that. So it’s like when you’re exposed to new things, you start to even on a subconscious level directionally move that way. And I wish that I could decondition and deprogram people, and mass to understand this, but unfortunately, we’ve built a lot of systems and institutions to deepen that conditioning. And, you know, there’s like a philanthropic angle here that you could take, there’s, you know, every time that one of the student clubs at Ohio State here in Columbus asked me to come speak, like, I take the time and do that it’s not, it’s not financially prudent for me to do that. But like, I want to help show that example to people to be like, this is a different path in the snow. And it’s not as deep, but people have done it, and they’ve survived. And it’s pretty great over here, actually,

Natalie Franke
I love that I do think once your eyes are open to the possibilities of what could be, everything starts to change. And I love that for you even just something as simple as like realizing somebody else was making a certain amount of revenue, and you went who? Wait, that would be incredible if I could do that. But before that you hadn’t even, you know, kind of set your sights that high. And that that’s part of what inspired a lot of this podcast, to be honest. You know, it’s about the science of self made success. It’s about talking about what are all the inputs that go into your unique definition of success. And figuring it out, you know, by looking at folks who have done it in their own way, who have created an incredible business, maybe multiple businesses, and what they’ve taken away from it. And so with one of our final questions here, I would love to know from you. What do you think is the biggest thing that differentiates the businesses that succeed from the ones that fail?

Jay Clouse
I think the businesses that succeed, are willing to take in new information. They’re willing to adapt. And they’re focused on constantly improving. Because if you’re willing to take an interest in new information and adapt and constantly improve, and you know, just continue, it’s kind of inevitable. You know, you set up a system where your success is basically inevitable, because you will be unwilling to fail in the same ways, you’ll have no choice but to innovate. If you’re going to continue on and you’re willing to learn, you will have no choice but to innovate and try new things. And, you know, at some point, numbers just play in your favor. And it’s just inevitable.

Natalie Franke
I love the sound of that. I absolutely love the sound of that. Jay, thank you so much for joining us today on the podcast. I have no doubt that everyone watching and listening to this will want to know more about you will want to know more about the resources that you have. I am a subscriber by the way to creator science so I want to make sure you give that a huge shout out one of the best newsletters please hear me out friends this is this is an easy yes and easy. Yes. But Jay, where can our listeners find more about you? Where can they subscribe? Give us all the details as we close this out,

Jay Clouse
you can find everything at creator science.com My goal is to help you become a smarter creator even if you’re just getting started on this path to being a creator. That will be a great place to start creator science.com You can find me Jay Klaus on whatever social media platform is your favorite.

Natalie Franke
Well, there you have it, go check out crater science.com. Jay, thank you so much again for joining us and everybody for tuning again

Natalie Franke
that ends our episode of The Independent Business Podcast. Everything that we’ve discussed today can be [email protected]. Head to our website for access to show notes, relevant links and all of the resources that you need to level up. And if you’ve enjoyed today’s episode, be sure to subscribe to the podcast so that you never miss our future content. Drop us a review and leave our guests some love on social. Thanks again for listening

Transcribed by https://otter.ai

Episode 8 transcript: How using AI in business can help you grow

Natalie Franke
I’m not allowed to have favorite episodes, but I can honestly tell you that this is one of them. I had the honor of sitting down with one of my favorite tech savvy humans, Don Richardson to talk all about artificial intelligence. And we go deep in this episode, we’re not skimming the surface here, we not only talk yes about the big picture and what this means for us as independents, but we dive platform by platform talking about things like chat, GPT, and even platforms that we’ve been using, like Canva and notion and the AI tools that are being integrated to change and transform our everyday lives. Don Richardson, my guest, she is extraordinary. Don’s journey has taken her from software engineering, to wedding photography, and then back to the world of tech, with the launch of her business tech savvy creative. Her mission is to create a safe, fun and welcoming corner of the internet where creative entrepreneurs can learn how to leverage and implement technology in their businesses, whether that be automations, AI tools, software and systems or even just choosing the right computer hardware. Don’s goal is to create content that is friendly, and easy to understand. Now, when Don’s not working, you can find her spending time with her husband, her two little girls, maybe even searching for the best Margarita in San Antonio, learn indulging in some trashy terrible reality TV. You can also find her speaking on stages like the one that her and I shared just a couple of weeks ago in Dallas, Texas when I heard her give this presentation about AI tools and knew immediately that this needed to be on the podcast. So I begged her Yes, begged her and she agreed to come on and share a little bit of her genius with us. And I can’t wait for you to listen. Hey, everyone, this is your host, Natalie Frank, and you’re listening to the independent business podcast, more people than ever are working for themselves and building profitable businesses in the process. So on this show, I sit down with some of the most influential authors, entrepreneurs and creators to break down the science of self made success so that you can achieve victory.

Natalie Franke
Hey, Dawn, thank you so much for joining us.

Dawn Richardson
I am so excited to be here, Natalie. Thank you for having me.

Natalie Franke
All right, I want to jump right in. I want to jump right in. Because you and I have had some conversations about tech over the past couple of months. And as an independent business owner looking into 2023, how should our listeners even be thinking about technology? What is the big picture when it comes to tech and tech tools? And then we’ll get into AI in just a little bit?

Dawn Richardson
Oh, yeah. So technology is obviously very quick to evolve. And as business owners, if we can leverage that and jump on the train, while it’s passing us, it’s gonna help us in our businesses. Because at the end of the day, like we can always earn more money, we can create new products, we can do all these things, but we can never get time back. That is our like finite resource we can never get this time. So these technology tools that are at our disposal right now are really allowing us to have more time. So whether that be streamlining and using basic automations in your business to send that invoice or to create that SOP or whatever that might be. Or if it looks like you’re utilizing AI tools to brainstorm and get ideas and take information and maybe write it differently, that is going to really transform our businesses to create more, to reach more people and make a bigger impact with less time. And that is the goal for any entrepreneur out there. I’ll speak to and especially moms, I’m a mom, I’m a mom to you. So time is of the essence. And I would much rather be spending my time with my family. And, you know, watching them grow up rather than spending all of my hours working. So that’s a super important part for me.

Natalie Franke
And I agree with you, I am on the same track mind, we did a little equation a couple of weeks ago, where if you’re losing 45 minutes a day to a broken client flow or any aspect of your business that could be automated or we’ll and we’ll get into this, you know, kind of streamlined in a certain way. You over the course of your career. If it’s just 45 minutes a day, over the course of your career, you’re losing an entire year of your life. It’s actually more than a year but it’s like 400 days. So I hear you on this. However, what I hear all the time from Independence is okay, that sounds great. And I agree with you and I’m nodding I’m nodding from the CSS like the keynotes going on. But I just don’t have time or I’m hesitant to try new technology it feels out of reach It feels overwhelming. There’s almost like a mindset block, where a lot of us as independent business owners are either afraid or just feel completely out of our element. When it comes to tech when it comes to new tech tools. Why do you think that is? Why do you find that so many of us struggle to adapt these new technologies and actually put them to work in our businesses?

Dawn Richardson
Oh, I love that. I think. I mean, there’s always a threshold for technology. I feel like some people are really like, if you’re looking at like a spectrum, there’s some people that are very resistant to technology. There’s some people that are kind of interested. And then you have people that are like, all in like, where do I send my money type thing. But I think there is a lot of fear in the unknown. And that is where with tech savvy, creative, I really wanted to create a safe corner of the internet, where they can learn those things and fill those gaps. How can I use this? Is this safe? Am I smart enough to use it? This is something that I hear from creatives all the time. And it it’s, it’s hard because we are so intelligent, we are smarter than this tech, it might not feel like it. But like even when we talk about ai, ai, and the stuff that it is generating is built from the publication’s of humans, humans are still the ultimate knowledge base, right? So how can I create a safe space where creatives realize that they’re actually brilliant. And they can use this too. And a lot of times, things are just poorly worded, or these tech tools want to sound extra Smart. So they use these verbiage in this language that’s really intimidating and techie. And that really turns off the creatives, because as creatives we’re artists, we want to do what we’re best at as business owners, we’re creating our product, we’re marketing our product, we’re doing all of these things, and it’s just scary to think of something that’s not you, in your process. And it’s intimidating, but again, it’s it’s gonna it’s like, you know, learning how to ride a bike, like it’s scary at first, right? Another example that I love, I was watching an interview with Elon, and recently, and he talked about technology and AI in particular being like the airbag, when the airbag was released, we were all like, you want to launch what at my face at a bazillion miles an hour. And people are like, this is gonna cause more harm than good. Like, you can’t do this to me like I was fine in the past. But over time, that really changed the safety as a whole, right? Things be cars became safer, cars became more reliable, it was safer to ride in the cars at that point. Because that technology evolved and adapted. And even though there was some resistance, it had a greater impact for the greater good over time. So that’s how I see technology and AI as well is we’re in that resistant phase, we’re in the airbag just got released phase. And everybody’s like, no, like, I’m in control this, I don’t like this. But I think as we go, we’re gonna see how to use it properly, we’re gonna see how other people are using it well, and we’re gonna learn how to take advantage of that, and grow our businesses and what we’re passionate about at the same time. So it’s okay to be resistant, you know, like, it’s okay to be resistant, it’s okay to be afraid. But give yourself the time, the grace and the the ability to sit down and actually dive into these tools. So you can get to know them, figure out how it’s going to work for you. Because if you just assume it’s some like crazy robot in the background, that’s what it’s going to be. It is what do you think it is? So

Natalie Franke
that’s so powerful. One thing you said there that really resonated with me really, really resonated is, Am I smart enough? Because when I heard that, the little child in me, my inner child, kind of went, like I just because I’ve I’ve, I’ve thought those exact things about technology in particular, like am I, you know, smart enough and the fear of taking on something new and not knowing how to use it and looking like a fool. And you know, as business owners, there’s so much pressure on us to be at peak performance all the time. And so when technology is flying past us at this unbelievably quick rate, new things being invented every day algorithms changing by from the time we brush our teeth until we’ve like, you know, had breakfast in the morning like that 45 minute span. There’s a new algorithm that’s popped up. It feels that way. Right. And so I think that increase of pressure. In a scenario where we already feel the way to the world, don’t we like we already feel the way to the world and running the business and being parents or caretakers partner. As friends, we feel all this pressure. So when technology is happening so quickly, it really does dig into those insecurities that maybe we’ve carried in other areas of life. Am I smart enough? You know, what will people think of me? If I use this tool, or if I don’t use this tool will I fall behind? And so you combine those insecurities with, you know, like, he talked about the scale of adoption, someone who’s an early adopter, and really, really loves new tech to like, the full resistant, you know, like, I’m never gonna use a keyboard, I’m still using a typewriter in 2023 lifespan. And so I see a lot at play there. And when we hear the term AI, because now it’s just being used constantly, I also think a lot of us don’t really understand what that even means. It feels so intimidating, right? But yet so simple, because it just two letters, AI, that’s it, but yet we hear it and we’re kind of like, our brain immediately goes to, you know, a world futuristic robot scenario, at least,

Dawn Richardson
my robot gets a Will Smith like, Yes, true. You’re gonna hit that

Natalie Franke
meme. That meme is happening in the in the video side of this podcast, for sure. But I say that to be like, What the heck is AI? Don, what is it help us out here.

Dawn Richardson
So you are spot on about like people just like dropping the word AI all it’s a buzzword right now. And you know, it’s funny is like.ai is like a browser extension that like people can use and so like tools that are not even AI tools are using that for their domain. And so it’s like blink.ai, and you suddenly think it’s an AI tool, but it’s not. So it’s a buzzword out there. Now, AI is when the software the technology learns and adapts over time. Okay, AI is not automation. So for example, a, you know, honey book, sending out a automated email that is not AI. Right now, if that tool down the line, could read that email, make a decision on how you want to respond to that email in your tone of voice, and then send it based off of like, this input output, that’s when AI starts happening. It’s learning it’s evolving, adapting over time. So there’s a lot of people that like use the word AI, when it’s not truly an AI tool, it’s more of an automation. So another example, when the tool itself is making decisions based off of its surroundings. So an example of AI would be like autonomous cars, okay, like a Tesla that has self driving or something like that. It is taking the information all around it. And it is processing that information and making educated decisions based off of that information, that is an AI tool, that is artificial intelligence, that tool can even go further. And notice that every time like every time we get close to a stop sign, I might put my hands on the steering wheel, or I might force it to slow down. So it can learn me over time, it’s going to evolve, it’s going to get smarter, and it’s going to grow with me. So when we talk about AI tools, that is what we are referencing are these tools that are adapting to the scenario and evolving with it. Who I related to the

Natalie Franke
I know, it’s I relate a lot to the car, the car scenario, because I remember hearing that, with Tesla in particular, that it’s almost more of a software company than it is a car company in the sense that all of these Tesla’s on the road are gathering data and Intel in the self driving capacity and then reporting it back so that it can basically make better decisions. Like it’s kind of using the cars as like case study, you know, examples sending data back. It’s just It’s fascinating to me. And so AI really is something that is learning and kind of taking a more intelligent let’s I know it’s a delicate word in tech, because I immediately go to Turing test in my college days, but a more intelligent approach, you know, versus something that’s maybe a more simple automation. When I heard you speak at the creative educator conference back in January in Dallas, Don and I had a chance to share the stage, which was so fun and see one another. You actually talked about something on the more simple automation side. And so I want to start out there. And then let’s work our way into some examples of AI for business owners and how they can be using them. So on the most simple side of this with automations. You mentioned shortcuts like phone shortcuts. Could you explain to me why should a business owner be aware that their phone has something like shortcuts and what could you possibly use? You know, that type of tool for in your business blow our minds Dawn blower I’m

Dawn Richardson
ready. This is no this is my favorite hack to any human because we all use it you don’t have to be a business owner to use it. But on that the simple side of the automation spectrum is what I like to call it you have add your text replacement your keyboard shortcuts. And if you are in the Apple ecosystem is built directly into the OS. So what I like to suggest to independent business owners or to anybody is, what are those things that you might have to type out over and over again, or do you have to go into a note and copy and paste it over. Instead, you can create a tech shortcut. So by just typing a couple of letters, it will autocorrect to something else. So built into the Apple ecosystem, if you type in Oh, MW, it’ll autocorrect to on my way. So that’s an example of what a keyboard shortcut or a text replacement is, was what they call it officially. So as a business owner, I can use that to, for my like, Instagram link, I can use it for my link to my sales page, I can use it to links to my affiliate links. I use this all the time. If I type in HB A F F, my HoneyBook affiliate link auto populates, so I don’t have to go find it, I don’t have to copy and paste from anywhere, I just type in five letters. And there’s my affiliate link. So it allows me to not only serve the person that I’m talking to much faster, but it saves me time, because I’m not going somewhere and pasting it back in. Another way I use it is for my hex colors for my brand. The tech savvy brand is very colorful, very welcoming, very fun. And I could never for the life of me remember the exact shade of coral that my brand is. So if I type in hex coral, it’ll auto populate to my Hex code for the coral, I use my brand. I also use it for my Google Analytics number ID number that I can never remember or my Pixel ID number that I can never find when I need it. I also use it for hashtag groupings. I like to make these little groupings of like five hashtags. So if I’m talking about the iPad, I can type in iPad ht, and it will auto populate to five hashtags I like to use when I’m talking about an iPad. So there’s really countless, an endless number of ways that you can use something like tech shortcuts, but it all comes back down to time. This saves me time, it saves me time from having to go, you know, find that note and paste it back in. or God forbid that we have to go on to like Facebook or Instagram to get something I don’t know about you. But as soon as I open that app, I forget what I’m doing. Like, instantly, and I get distracted or sidetracked. So that saves me time because I can quickly serve the person that I’m talking to, it benefits me because a lot of times that’s going to be a sales page for me, or it’s going to be an affiliate link for me or whatever that is. And it’s really a win win for everybody. So if you’re not already using text replacement, you need to get on it right now.

Natalie Franke
It’s the most simple thing. When you started talking about, you know, text replacement in shortcuts, I my mind truly was blown, because I got to see kind of what your shortcuts look like in your phone. And it was just amazing to me. Just knowing kind of what I know about the brain, you know, the more decisions that we can reduce in a day, the more the more things we don’t have to remember in a day just frees us up for more space to do other things. So, for example, with hashtags, yes, you could sit down every time you post something on social and go, Okay, wait, what were the five hashtags that I should be using, or let me go into my notes app, let me scroll to find that note where I’ve stored all my hat, or you have a shortcut. And it’s like, you know, whatever it is hashtag or, you know, you could even just be shortcut could be like hashtags. And it could just yeah, the five that you tend to use every single time, that simple. And you can go in and update it easily. It’s just it’s mind blowing. I love that on the simple side of tech. And then we kind of lean into something more complex like AI. And so let’s open up the can of worms that we have come to open today. Let’s go leashing for source of knowledge in the sea. That is your brilliant mind. When it comes to AI, you know, what is the benefit here truly for an independent business in using AI? If you had to sum it up in like one sentence? I’m a business owner, I don’t got a lot of time. Why should I care? What’s What does it matter to me? What’s the benefit for me? Short and sweet? What would you say?

Dawn Richardson
Ai handles the mundane. So you can focus on your creative genius.

Natalie Franke
You sold me? You absolutely sold me doing more of the things I love and the things that only you can do right in your business? What are some of the tools that you think every independent business owner should be aware of? Let’s go through them.

Dawn Richardson
So in terms of awareness, it doesn’t hurt to be aware of all the things but that doesn’t mean you have to use them in your business. So keep that in mind. That’s my little caveat here. The first and probably the most popular form of AI that people are talking about right now is for content creation. We’re talking about tools like chat GPT Canva has magic right built into it. notion has AI built into it. Now, there’s all of these content creating tools out there that will help me generate content or refine existing content. Another tool that I love is Jasper. So I use Jasper AI. I love Jasper because it’s built for businesses, and it has these templates that can basically kick off what I’m trying to create. So for example, if I am trying to create a product description for my new product, I can open up the product description template in Jasper, it’ll ask me what the name of the product is. Tell me about the product. So I in my like sloppy thought process can just like just type a bunch of different things like, Oh, well, this is for photographers, it’s gonna help them backup their tools, whatever XYZ, it’s going to ask me who it’s targeted for. And it’s also going to ask me what tone of voice I want to use. And based off of that inner information, it can generate a description that uses all of that information. And like basically puts it puts a bow on it and hands it to you. Right. So that is content generation. So the other type of AI tool that is available to us as business owners are a voice generating AI tools. So one of my favorite tools is to script. The script is a video editing tool that not only allows me to edit by removing text from my transcript of my video, which is pretty amazing. But over time, and as I give information, it can learn my voice. And I can simply type in what I want it to say. And it will say that in my voice. So if I said something maybe not so clearly, or if I wanted to change how I said something, all I have to do is type it in and it will generate my voice in that tool. So stick a slide deck over it, you know, use that tool, but that prevents me from having to go back into the recording studio and rerecord something because I wanted to add a single sentence. There’s another voice AI tool called prime voice AI and 11 Labs is who owns that. And they have some pre generated voices that you can use, but you can also create yours. And they advertise in particular, that you can record audiobooks using their AI tool. So instead of sitting in a suit, I know I know, Natalie, you’re

Natalie Franke
I’m sorry, I’ll be right back.

Dawn Richardson
Instead of sitting in a studio and recording your whole audio book, you can have this AI tool do it for you, whether that’s in your voice, or that’s in some like prefabricated friendly sounding voice. They’re talking about how it can be used for accessibility? How can we make our content more accessible? By turning it into a voice script? Can I take this blog post and turn it into a YouTube video without doing anything other than utilizing this AI tool to generate my voice for me. So there’s going to be a lot of interesting things coming down the pipeline with AI and voice generation. But there’s also the video side. And this is kind of where things get really freaky is when it’s like taking your face. And it’s like changing, you’re evolving your face. And you hear things about like deep fakes and all of this technology. And so on the video a side, there’s a tool out there called Be human. And essentially what it can do is it can create like a welcome video for you like Welcome to my pores, but it has like variables in it. And instead of saying welcome to my course Natalie, it could say welcome to my course lately, or whatever. And it actually like changes the face. And that is like it’s it’s not perfect by any means. It is evolving and adapting. But it’s just really interesting to see where AI is going. But also something that I want to touch on. While we’re talking about this. As business owners, we instantly think of these AI tools as like this content creation, we think of chat GPT we think of like, it’ll make me a blog post. But in reality, AI has been around for a very long time we’re talking years, chat GPT was just one of the first to create a public interface to this technology. So we are getting a glimpse at something that has been in process for a long, long time. Content is not the only use case for AI that is just a tiny, tiny small piece to the magic and the revolution that AI is creating. It’s being used to diagnose patients to make better medical diagnoses and treatment plans. It’s being used for autonomous cars is being used in legal battles to determine what the correct solution is based off of laws. It is being used in we already talked about health it’s being talked about a used in software development. It’s being used in like change release management. I come from a software engineering background. My husband is also a software engineer. And we’re talking about how this these AI tools can find the bug. They can find where things are broken. Is this going to change how quickly we can get things to, to the public? Is this going to change what we’re doing? The expectations of these companies? There’s a lot of questions out there. But again, what we think about as small business owners with content generation AI, is just a small drop in this amazing world. That is AI.

Natalie Franke
You were even saying you use it for meal planning. Is that true? Did you test it out? Today, your meal hashtag AI for

Dawn Richardson
moms? Really, so Okay, so I use chat GPT. This is one of my favorite use cases. And we’re going to talk about like how to use it like later as creatives or business owners. But one of my favorite things to do is to jump into chat TPT, I say I need a seven day meal plan that is kid friendly, and doesn’t have fish in it. Because my daughter doesn’t like fish, whatever. It spits out a full set a day breakfast, lunch and dinner meal plan. And I love this because it takes away the decision. Yeah, decision fatigue, we talked about decision fatigue. And as business owners, we’re just so overwhelmed with all of these decisions that we have to make. And these tools are just lifting that burden off of our shoulders. So I can spend the time with my kids on a Sunday morning, instead of heads down trying to figure out what meals I’m going to plan. Now, not only did chat TPT spit me out like a perfect seven day list of meals. But then I can say, Okay, thanks for that. Can you make me a shopping list from that? Or can you get Can you change the steak? The steak tacos? Can we replace that and it’ll generate me something different. Or I can say like, okay, let’s make a shopping list. And then it’ll create me a perfect, like, categorized shopping list of all of the items from above. So that took me a little two minutes. From there, I could decide if I needed, you know, did I need to add the the bell peppers to the shopping list or not. But my task that normally takes me hours, because I’m so paralyzed by like, if I’m making my family eat chicken for seven times in a row this week, it made the decision for me. And I can spend time either working on another task or spending time with my babies,

Natalie Franke
which is the goal. It blows my mind how something that simple as you’re saying it, you know, like, I never would have thought to do that. I just never, it wouldn’t have crossed my mind. And yet, that is something that week over week, my husband and I talk about, I do feel stuck, I get very stuck with something like meal planning, because I’m exerting all of my brainpower to all the other decisions that I’m doing both as a mom and as a business owner. And as you know, in all of the hats that I wear, so it comes to something that should be so simple. What are we going to eat this week? What do I need to get at the grocery store, but it becomes so deeply hard? Like it just becomes so hard. It’s amazing, but I never would have thought to do that. And I bet there are a lot of business owners listening. You know, they hear about chat GPT in particular, it’s been, you know, the beloved child of 2023. We talked about the fact that, you know, chat, GBT hit 100 million monthly active users in roughly two months, which it I mean, it’s mind blowing, because I believe it’s that’s the fastest adoption rate of any software or platform or technology in history. And just for reference, you know, it took tick tock nine months, just around nine months to hit 100 million active users every month, it took Instagram two and a half years to hit that same number. Again, Chachi Beatty did it in like 60 days,

Dawn Richardson
and we use those tools every day. That’s amazing. Like, it’s amazing tools every day, and they’re so big. And then you compare that to something like Tai Chi beauty, it’s just mind blowing.

Natalie Franke
It’s gonna change the world. I mean, truly is already as I mean, just changing one person’s life changes the world changing the way that one parent can, you know, accomplish more with less time get the mundane done, it is changing so many different facets of how we live. And again yet I would say I just don’t even know where to start. I don’t think I would know how to use that technology in the way that maybe feels so natural to you. And so I would ask with chat GPT in particular, as a business owner, what are some of the ways we can be using it? How could we take advantage of this tool?

Dawn Richardson
I love that. So my favorite ways to use chat JpT and what I would recommend everybody starting with I use it as a tool to brainstorm ideas, brainstorm names for something, brainstorm topics, ask it, its opinion or to rewrite something that you might have. So for example, this morning, I threw into chat GPT. Give me 15 reels content ideas about technology tips, and it spit out 15 Instantly, it was like tech shortcuts, how to backup your images or like all of these different ideas. And then I can take that, and I can create content from it. Or I could ask it, what are photographers struggling with the most when it comes to technology? And then it can spit out these these questions for me, I can use that content, or that that information to create content for my business based off of those ideas. I love that type of use of these AI tools, because it really is giving me as the Creator. The power, right, like I am creating the end result is just helping me brainstorm. It’s like having a friend across the room, like, what do you think about this, like, it’s letting you do that. So I really, really love using chat GPT for that, I have also used it in ways where I take something that I might have like voice memo to myself, or, you know, just kind of mind dumped, I’m guilty of that, like when I’m on a walk, or I’m driving or something, I’ll use Siri to be like, create a blog post. And then I’m just gonna, like start, like talking, I’m just gonna talk about all of these random things. They’re terrible sentences half the time, they don’t make any sense. But I’ll be like, talk about this backup system, make it automated. And here’s what to do if this is overwhelming to you. And what if this happens, and I just kind of like mind dump all of the information. And then I can put it into a tool, I chatted to BT and be like, Kay, make this better. And it would fix those sentences for me. Or it would reformat those sentences and fix the grammar issues. I can name horses, I can name products, I can plan meals, I can even give it input like a URL, and it will bring it back to me. So this morning, I did that with notion AI. I said, generate five Instagram captions from this blog post. And then I gave it my URL to my blog, like to a blog post. And it not only did it give me five, like two sentence captions, but he also put hashtags in there for me. So it’s like, here we go. And it took pieces from my post and just created these five little snippets. Again, am I going to copy and paste this? And like, call it a day? No. And I know we’re gonna get into that here in a little bit. But does it help by the decision fatigue, and help that paralyzed feeling of like, oh, my gosh, I have to do this, here’s a blank screen with a cursor on it. Pass Oh, man, it a really gets you past that blank page. And that is huge. It also like how much content as creators are we not creating because of that blank page. And that’s where I really feel like these tools are going to be just amazing. We’re gonna get so much more content out there. Now, I don’t believe that you should go into chat GPT and be like, write me a blog post about XYZ, copy and paste it to your blog and call it a day. I don’t think that’s the best way to use these tools. But do I think that these are a great tool to get started in the writing process, brainstorm ideas, maybe even create an outline so you can do your magic and create that post that’s in your tone of voice? That’s for your audience? Absolutely. And I think that’s pretty amazing.

Natalie Franke
I love that. I think a lot of people though, when they hear about all of this, they’re very quick to think Wow, just copy and paste it. Yeah. You said you wouldn’t do that. And I’m curious why why is that not something that you would do?

Dawn Richardson
So legal issues aside, technology is evolving so fast. And the legal system does not evolve as fast. Correct. And, disclaimer, I am not a lawyer and I have zero authority when it comes to this topic. But I think things are going to change when the legal system does catch up. These AI tools are using human publications to make its decisions. We don’t know what those sources are. So there is some gray area about is this just pulling it from somebody else’s blog or from some help article somewhere is that mine? And I think that’s still being defined. And there’s a lot of regulation ones that are coming into place to like actually outline like what that means is this yours, I believe the copyright office came out last week and said anything generated 100% by AI is not able to be copy written. And there’s gonna be a lot of questions with that. So I’m a firm believer in like, yes, use this tool, use it to generate ideas to help you and support you, in your creative genius. But don’t use it to just simply copy and paste and habit, I call it a day. I like to think of it as like, caffeine, you know, like, we wake up in the morning, and like, we drink our coffee. And it’s like our jolt of caffeine for the day. So we could do our jobs better. Think of AI the same way. It’s like a little jolt to your workflow and your process. So you can do what you do in a better way. So I think it’s gonna be interesting to see what changes here and the next, you know, year. And sure, I know, they’re scrambling, because this is moving so quickly. And there are going to be people out there that do that. There are going to be people that copy and paste this content and call it a day. And we’ll see what happens. I don’t I don’t know what that’s going to look like. But

Natalie Franke
yeah, yeah, and there’s always a chance to that it could be incorrect, like part of what you mentioned, too, is you know, it’s pulling from these other sources. And as a lot of us know, gosh, I’m like going all the way back to those days where they’re like Wikipedia is not a source, like I just remember, you know. So it’s kind of like, you also just need to check for the for the validity. But all of the points that you’ve shared, and just ways to use it are so powerful, I think where I would encourage folks to is, you know, if you get to a point in your business where you feel stuck, where you start to identify these places that you know, either there’s friction because you don’t enjoy it, like you talked about the mundane. There’s friction, because it’s just the blank page syndrome. And when you mentioned the captions, even I’m like, oh, that’s always so tough for me to come up with the captions, I have all this great long form, I’m creating this, but then I sit down and I’m like, What am I going to say in the caption? You know, those places where you’re feeling the friction? Just ask yourself the question, is there a way to take this off of my plate with technology or with AI in particular, and I think starting there is great, there is though a fear that a lot of people have, and we’re gonna go there, there is a fear that AI will replace us there is a fear, you know, whether you are a copywriter, or a designer or a photographer, or you know, you are a consultant or you know, whatever you whatever independent business you run, there is a fear will AI replace the work that I do? What do you say to that? What are your thoughts on that?

Dawn Richardson
So do I think that AI is going to replace people? I think that businesses are going to try. I think there will be people and there will be businesses that try to take these tools and replace humans. I think we’re going to learn that that is not the answer. And I also like to challenge how business owners are thinking about this, because there is a lot of doomsday mentality around this like, oh, like my job is gone. Right? But it comes back down to No, this is freeing up your time. So you can focus on what you’re best at. One of my favorite examples right now is imagine AI. Imagine is a photo editing software. It is incredible. And it made me question if I left the photography industry too early. Okay. So I can so imagine, I’ll tell you a little bit about them they. So I went through the process to try it out because I love trying new tools. Even though I’m not shooting anymore as a photographer. It took over 3000 on my photos, I gave it three full weddings. It learned how I edited in certain scenarios, dark church outside night shot all of these things, and created a profile around my editing style and how I adapt to certain situations. Then I can send it a Lightroom catalog and it can edit a wedding in 10 minutes. Like I just saw your face job. Natalie, it is absolutely insane. Now am I going to take that Lightroom catalog immediately export it and hand it over to a client and call it a day? No, I’m not. I’m still gonna go through I’m gonna make sure that my creativity is in it that’s telling the story that all the pieces are there that I’m creating this product but by doing this first pass and mind you it’s an amazing first pass by doing this first pass of editing. I now have so much more time to spend on the client experience to maybe spend on some extra stuff like you know, surprise and delight at the end because I’m not heads down in a cave editing for the next two weeks. So the reason why I bring up imagine AI is because when I was talking to somebody but they were like, Well, what about your editor? Like, I adore my editor? I love Kelly, she was a huge part of my photography business. Is this a threat to her, I feel like it’s a threat to them if they let it be. But to me, what I see all these AI tools, I see an editor using the AI tool. And not only getting these images back to the, to your client faster, but that gives me so much more time to really go through these photos and fine tune them and to make them exactly what they want. And maybe I add something like, I actually will upload them to your gallery for you. Or maybe I, you know, can take three times as many clients because it takes me a day and a half to edit rather than two weeks to add it. So I don’t think this is going to replace people. But I do think it’s going to allow us to either take on more clients to grow our business, or it’s going to allow us to adapt and change our process to make it even better and a better experience for everybody involved.

Natalie Franke
I love how you framed that done that for me was very, very eye opening. Because in the same respect, I think, you know, a lot of us can approach this thing with fear and say, oh, gosh, it’s it could replace us let’s we’re gonna we’re gonna push it away. We’re gonna resist the airbag. Right? Yeah, what you’re saying is, you don’t need to use it. But and it doesn’t need to be a threat to you. If right, you’re willing to learn about it, and perhaps even see if there’s a way to leverage it so that you can do more of what you are exceptional at or what your editors exceptional as a copywriter, like maybe as a copywriter. If it’s giving you getting rid of the blank page syndrome, you can produce twice as much content in half the time and then do something extra and leverage your unique creativity and skills to offer something you know, kind of above and beyond that you couldn’t before I do, I think there’s a way to kind of live alongside live with, you know, leverage leverage as a part of your business. And that is really going to be interesting to see how that plays out.

Dawn Richardson
Another notable way that AI is making an impact is on meetings. So there is a tool out there called notI it’s an O T y.ai. And what that does is it actually is listening to your meetings, whether that be on Zoom or a meeting like this. And it’s transcribing real time into a document. But not only does it do that, but then it takes the entire meeting. And it generates a summary. It generates action items and generates follow ups. So at the end of the meeting, not only do you have a transcript of who said what, and even in some cases like the slide that’s on the screen, but you have tangible action items and information from that meeting, and you didn’t have to do anything, you just simply have it you can send it out, you can put that in an email and again, create that amazing client experience without really spending much time on it. So Wow, pretty amazing there. Another AI tool that I have encountered recently, I have not personally tried it yet. I think I found this late night scrolling last night. But there’s a tool out there called rationale. So what it does is it will let you ask a question like should I launch this before Christmas, and it will create a SWOT analysis for you. It’ll create pros and cons for you. It’ll create decision making tools for you, to help you with that decision based off of information about like past experiences and things that you didn’t consider. So huge fan of that, again, I have not used it myself personally as of this morning. But that’s where AI is going. It’s helping us really take away that decision fatigue and make decisions on our behalf so we can move forward with the information that we want. So pretty cool.

Natalie Franke
Wow. I think I think my face for this whole episode is just gonna be this like, just like over and over just me like, What I’m sorry. What? That’s amazing, though sample, right? Yes.

Dawn Richardson
It’s all about the mundane. Yeah, AI handled the mundane. So you can focus on the things that actually matter,

Natalie Franke
Mike drop. Now to kind of bring this AI conversation and wrap it up just a little bit. What is the risk of not learning about new technologies like AI? As a business owner? What is the risk of like, Do you have a hot take here? Is there an unpopular opinion be real with me for a second? If somebody’s listening to this? And they’re saying yeah, I I’ve listened to this episode, and I feel like I get it. But I’m not going to learn about these tools. What’s the risk? What are they really leaving on the table?

Dawn Richardson
So here’s the thing with AI tools. Even if you don’t use it, it doesn’t mean If the person next to you is not going to use it, just because you don’t want to use the tool, it doesn’t mean that your competition or your community is not going to do that, you’re going to see the people around you in your community use these tools, and their businesses are going to evolve to the next level. And I think that’s really where your risk is, you can absolutely choose not to use these tools I don’t think anybody is forcing you to make to make that decision. Like you have to do this right now. But if you’re wondering why the photographer next to you can shoot 45 weddings a year and deliver them in 48 hours, or whatever that is, and you can barely handle five a year, there’s probably a piece to that puzzle that you were resisting that they are utilizing. And you’re not. So it’s something to consider. I felt like that that’s the case with a new technology out there.

Natalie Franke
Like, yeah,

Dawn Richardson
i Same question goes for, you know, Lightroom. You know, if you think about those photographers out there that were actually processing film in a darkroom, right. All of a sudden, they have this new tool where there’s digital, and then there’s Lightroom, does that make that person less photographer? I mean, some people had some things to say about that. But now we’re at that point that as a photographer, nobody would question the other photographer using Lightroom, right? But we’re gonna have to make those decisions, you’re gonna have to decide what’s best for you. But just because you’re not using something doesn’t mean the person next to you decided the same. So that’s your risk. You technology is going to evolve, you know, in six months, it’s gonna be a totally different conversation, we don’t know. But if you don’t have if your business does not evolve with the technology, you are going to be left behind. And if you’re comfortable with that, then that’s your decision. But where I am seeing creatives go is that they’re being resistant. And then they’re wondering why, like, why they’re not all like with the curve, right? So that’s going to be a challenge for a lot of professionals out there is how do I want to use that? Where do I want to use it? Where is the best use of my time, and really making the best decision for them?

Natalie Franke
Oh, it’s a good hard truth. And I do love how you in particular, make it accessible and make it not feel as terrifying. And that’s something that I’ve always loved about you, you have the software brain and you have the creative brain and you find this way to kind of merge the two worlds. And I appreciate that so much. As we close out with our final question here. Before we share a little bit more about the resource that you’ve been preparing for this incredible audience, I want to kind of circle us back to the heart of this podcast. And so we are on a quest, we’re on a mission here to uncover the science of self made success. That is what this podcast is about. We want to empower our listeners with understanding what it takes to find success in their own life. And so I’m curious as we kind of close this out from you, Don, what do you think is the biggest thing that separates the businesses that succeed from the ones that fail?

Dawn Richardson
I love this question. I think the biggest thing that differentiates these businesses is mindset. There are people behind these businesses, and how they think is going to determine where they end up. When it comes to technology. And when it comes to introducing it into your business. If you right off the bat think I’m not smart enough for this, this is going to ruin my business, I’m going to be replaced by this have this doomsday mentality. And that’s exactly what’s going to happen. But if you can take this information, whether it be AI or technology or some other facet, and say, How can I leverage this to make me even better, to make my business more successful, to give myself more time to do what I love? Those are the businesses that are going to take off. Don’t be afraid. Change your mindset that this time in our lives is really exciting. It is truly an amazing time to be alive. And only you can decide if you’re going to ride the wave with technology, or if you are going to stay where you are. And watch it pass by.

Natalie Franke
Dawn, this has been incredible. Thank you so much for joining us and answering all of my questions. I have a feeling this won’t be the only interview we do on Tech because as we both know, between the time we are recording this and the time it goes live. We don’t we don’t even know what could happen. There’s so much unfolding. But the beautiful thing is that because I follow you and I’m engaged with all of the content you’re putting out I’m always in the know and I want our listeners to be in the know also and so, you know, if you could just let us know, where can our listeners find you and there’s a resource I heard a rumor about that you’ve been creating to help them and I would love for you to share a little bit more about that.

Dawn Richardson
Absolutely. So you can find me at tech savvy creative.com And also on Instagram at tech savvy, creative, and I have created a free resource for you called the AI toolkit for creatives. It is a resource hub with information about the basics of AI. It’s also where I’m storing all of my content related to AI in one place, as well as a whole bunch of AI tools that are accessible to us as business owners, so you can try them out for your self and decide if they are a right fit for your business.

Natalie Franke
Amazing. Thank you so much.

Dawn Richardson
You are welcome, my friend.

Natalie Franke
That ends our episode of The Independent Business Podcast. Everything that we’ve discussed today can be [email protected]. Head to our website for access to show notes, relevant links and all of the resources that you need to level up. And if you’ve enjoyed today’s episode, be sure to subscribe to the podcast so that you never miss our future content. Drop us a review and leave our guests some love on social. Thanks again for listening.

Episode 7 transcript: Invest in your future as an independent business owner

Natalie Franke
Did you know that 34% of entrepreneurs have zero retirement savings plan for themselves? That statistic is scary, but not entirely surprising. It can be easy when you run a business to put things like saving for retirement on the back burner, because, frankly, you’re busy. You’re trying to grow this business and you’re working in it, but the idea of working on it and working on your personal finances can not only be daunting, but an easy thing to procrastinate for far too long. That is why in today’s episode, we are sitting down to talk with the co founders of Osho oto wealth is a new startup that focuses on supporting entrepreneurs in helping to turn business income today into generational wealth tomorrow to voters co founders on corndog, Paul and Jessica toric. Sit down with me today to talk more about why independents struggle with saving for retirement, how we can reframe our mindset around creating wealth, and give you some tactical tools that you can implement today, especially if you’re somebody that is in that 1/3 of business owners who doesn’t have a retirement savings plan. Hey, everyone, this is your host, Natalie Frank, and you’re listening to the independent business podcast, more people than ever are working for themselves and building profitable businesses in the process. So on this show, I sit down with some of the most influential authors, entrepreneurs and creators to break down the science of self made success so that you can achieve it.

Natalie Franke
Gorgeous, thank you so much for joining me. I am so excited to have this conversation.

Jess Catorc
Thank you. Thanks for having us. Looking forward to this.

Ankur Nagpal
Yes, super excited for this going to be fun.

Natalie Franke
Awesome. All right, it is gonna be fun. I am jumping in with not quite a softball. I don’t know, maybe it’s a softball. But I need to know, does money buy happiness? And if not, what do you believe that it buys.

Ankur Nagpal
So I’ll take I’ll take the first one, I think money can buy happiness, like indirectly. And I’ll give you an example. So I think a lot of people, they make a bunch of money, and then they’re like, Wow, actually feel exactly the same. And you know, they sort of get into this trap where they feel like money did not directly buy happiness. For me money was able to buy happiness by buying freedom. Like I was able to, like not do the things that were stressing me out. And that in turn made me happy. So I’ll give you an example. Like towards the end of running, teachable the last couple of years, I was very burnt out, we had, you know, I didn’t feel like the work I was doing was making me happy. And being able to step away from that, because of having money made me happy, or like spending money to have time to see my family. So there’s all these roundabout ways. I think money can truly make you happy, but it’s likely not by you know, buying more shit or whatever.

Natalie Franke
Yeah, it’s not the money itself is what it sounds like. Yeah, just you agree with that.

Jess Catorc
I agree. But I think it’s also like, people forget about lifestyle creep, because I think that everyone has like a number where they’re like, Okay, you know, yeah, maybe Money doesn’t buy happiness, but it certainly will take the stress off. If I have X amount of I make this amount of money, my business, I earn this amount of money, and then you get there. But then there’s more problems that come because now you’re comfortable, but you uncover other things that, you know, are stressful. And so I think that, it’s also just important to recognize that like, there’s always going to be something else. And then just getting to the core of like, you know, like what you’re saying or like, you know, if you have money, you can travel to visit your family more they can come to you which I think at its root that causes happiness, it’s not necessarily the money directly.

Ankur Nagpal
And all of this obviously is true if like your past a certain point. I mean, what’s the having having money isn’t everything not having it is like right, like so if you’re at a point where like, not having money is causing, like stress in your life getting past that will absolutely make a big difference.

Natalie Franke
The reason I start with that question is because it is one of the most commonly asked questions in regards to money. And as someone that’s run an independent business, multiple of them over the past decade and a half. I have always been shocked that oftentimes it’s questions like that, that we talk about. And that’s where it ends. That’s where the conversations around money. And for a lot of us now, as you grow in business, you sit at different tables, and at different tables, we have different conversations, which is part of why I started this podcast to bring those conversations a little more into the open. But one thing that I feel is starting to change and I know that both of you and Ocho is contributing to this is a wider conversation around money around wealth around how to generate it. And so I want to kind of take us from the common ubiquitous question into the double clicking of why is that why don’t we talk about money? Have you experienced that? Is that something you’ve come up against in working with you know, independence, both with your time at teachable. Now at ojo? Do you see this as something that’s common? And if so, why do you think it is?

Jess Catorc
Yeah, I think it’s such an interesting question. I think that it goes to I mean, if you think back When you were a kid, or when you’re growing up, I think for most people, the things that we don’t talk about our politics, money, religion, right? Like, there’s just certain things that just generally people are like, oof, like, be careful talking about that. And I think the problem with that and not being able to see like the nuance within like talking about money is that then we get older. And you know, when we’re in high school or college, we’re not really talking about money, or spending or racking up credit card debt. And we just assume that everyone else is either doing the same thing, or we just assume that, you know, it’ll work itself out. And then you get to entrepreneurship. And everyone’s focused on making money, because I think that is, for whatever reason, the metric that we determine a success, how much revenue Did you generate in your business? And then no one wants to talk about the like, oh, well, I don’t actually really know how to allocate my money, or I don’t really know how to budget, I haven’t really even thought about retirement. And then we kind of go back to that old phase where we’re like, everyone else probably knows what they’re doing. So I’m not going to be the one to say that I don’t, at least from my perspective, I think is what I see there.

Ankur Nagpal
I also think a lot of these beliefs are just internalized what our family does, without really thinking about it for a long time, like, by parents are Indian and like an Indian culture, it’s pretty crude to talk about money. And for a long time, I did not because like I was like, okay, you know, I’ll just do what my family does. And then, as I started to form my own opinions, I was like, actually, when you talk about it, it’s empowering, right? The more you talk about it, the more people can even find out what’s what’s happening, and how they stack up and all of that. So, right now, at this point, we have different beliefs, like my parents would never talk, like in their friend group, no one has ever talked about how much they make, how they invest any of it. It’s just considered like a taboo topic. But you know, I think for our generation of the people, I know, things are changing. But by default, I think we just sort of do, we do what our family did without questioning it.

Natalie Franke
Yeah, that was similar in my house as well, we didn’t talk about money, I was raised by a single mom. And often if we did talk about it, it was from a standpoint of budgeting and how to get more of it. And not that it was ever rooted in a scarcity mindset. But I do think there was a lot of fear that I experienced kind of at different points in my in my upbringing around money. And I know, I’m not alone in that a lot of business owners come from from backgrounds like that, where they entered the business world where, you know, even just operating your own company requires a lot of financial knowledge that isn’t readily available for so many, or at least in the past, it hasn’t been. And that’s part of why when I hear statistics, like the fact that 40% of independent business owners, entrepreneurs, they’re not confident that they’re going to be able to retire by retirement age 40%. And that, that stats from score, you know, it’s very scary, but it’s not shocking. It’s not surprising, because I think, you know, there is such a knowledge gap and such an opportunity, right, at least it especially, I would hope it in your eyes as you’re creating something so valuable for independents that are in that position, to change the trajectory of their savings of their life of the retirement that awaits them. But I’d love to know, you know, with that stat in mind, what what do you think, you know, is holding business owners back from saving for retirement from creating that type of generational wealth that we all desire to see for those in our community?

Jess Catorc
So I think that I think we need to like break it up into a couple of buckets, because like, I think the first hurdle of like, why people don’t feel like they’re ready for retire, they don’t think they’ll be ready for retirement. I think on one hand, there’s a lot of focus when you become an entrepreneur. It’s like, I’m doing this because I want to do what I love. And part of that, you know, subconsciously is there like, Okay, well, you know, when you’re working a nine to five job that you do not like, you’re like, I cannot wait to retire, the focus is on retirement. And then you start doing things that you love, and you’re like, Oh, this is great. You know, I’m living in the moment, even if you’re stressed, it’s still like you want to be doing this. So I think there’s potentially that mindset element of like, not thinking more in the present of making money generating revenue, doing what you love, and not like, what will this look like, if you do want to take a step back, just to create that safety net. And then the other thing too, is I think there’s just also, you know, we talk about having access to knowledge and information when it comes to finances. If you don’t understand how things work, it can feel incredibly overwhelming. Anything in the last 50 years has been like 150,000 words added to the tax code. So it’s already just such a daunting task that I think it’s so easy to procrastinate and feel like, I’m not not doing this. I’m just kind of pushing this off until I can learn everything, rather than just taking one initial step which is, well, how can I at least budget so I have some money to put wherever I decide to put that for retirement?

Ankur Nagpal
I also think there’s a bigger retirement problem in this country like yes, we can talk about business owners, but I think in general like retirement is it’s pretty scary and it’s totally broken in this country. Like I think for a long time, like the government is sort of just passed the buck to the employer. Bigger Picture And even now, every two or three years, they realize that like Social Security is in a really bad state 401, k’s and stuff are not getting contributed enough to like, as recently, as, you know, December 30, Biden set aside the secure act to and my guess is they’ll keep having newer and newer legislation, as they realize that like our generation specifically and onward like isn’t a really broken position for retirement because of the onus that has been passed on to companies, right, back in the day, you had pension plans, there was much more robust infrastructure around it. Not anymore and obviously exacerbated if you don’t have an employer or you become your own employer, which is, you know, where we come in. But I mean, this is kind of depressing, but I think it’s, it’s messed up for everyone and pretty systemically and not just business owners.

Natalie Franke
I agree. 100 100% Absolutely agree. 100%. And the lack of infrastructure is something that we talk about a lot are that dependence on the employer to kind of support the individual. And once you go independent, you don’t have right that that existing infrastructure, whether it’s good or not, it disappears. Now, with that in mind, you know, where does someone begin? So if you are an independent business owner, let’s say, you are either in the 34%, that you know, doesn’t have a retirement savings plan? Or maybe you do, but you’re in the 40%, that isn’t sure it will, you know, enable you to retire. What are you supposed to do? Where do you begin?

Ankur Nagpal
I think it depends on sort of where you are, and what is sort of the best account for you based on what your income level is, I think if you’re, if you’re just starting out, if you don’t have you know, if you’re not making, if you’re in a lower tax bracket, it may be beneficial to think about a an IRA, where you don’t have to get like our our core product for the solo 401 K. So this is not even self serving. Like I think if you’re, you know, an IRA has a limit of $6,500, which, if you’re going to stay under that it’s the easiest type of account to set up, it’s portable, you can take it anywhere you want. If you’re under $150,000 a year, you can also make it as a Roth contribution. And if you don’t, if you’re not served by any other retirement plan, you get a tax deduction for it if you set up a traditional IRA, so some mistake I’ve actually seen people make is setting up a solo 401 K, which is what we often which is sort of the best retirement plan if you want to get go beyond that amount. But setting a solo 401 K up can preclude you from getting a deduction on setting up an IRA. So it’s something that, you know, we want to also highlight to people to be careful and know how much they want to contribute because you want to contribute about $1,600 a year or less, you’re probably better off setting up an IRA. But once you want to go beyond that, a solo 401 K is the best type of account for an independent business owner because you can get up to a $66,000 tax deduction this year, you can make Roth contributions, unlike a traditional corporate 401k, you can invest in, you know, any assets you want. And the best part is, of course, it keeps compounding tax free. So it’s really there’s not many things in the tax code that, in my opinion, are like a gift from the government, and like built specifically, you know, to benefit you. So we’ve been doing a lot of education around, you know, how people could be leaving money on the table by not pre funding, you know, their benefits.

Jess Catorc
I think just to add on to that, too. I know, like people are like, Okay, well then how like, where do I find this money to contribute and obviously depends on like, what your your revenue is and how much you’re making. But I cannot stress slash encourage people enough to actually take the time to do a financial forecast. I think when people hear it, I think we need to come up with a better name than a financial forecast. Because that just seems like just the most boring, daunting thing. But really, it’s just mapping out what you’re doing now. And what you will probably be doing the next 12 months or you know, however much you want in the future. Because I think people and this isn’t, you know, going back, this isn’t just entrepreneurs, you know, people, w two employees also, don’t prioritize paying themselves first anything, if you have bills within your business, you’re paying them most likely or hopefully. And so I think allocating a certain amount of money for your retirement and for your savings, whether that’s in your salary, or how you want to budget that. Because if you don’t map out what your business is going to look like, over the next few months, we can fall into the trap of, you know, maybe it’s like seasonality, there’s certain seasons of the year, you know, especially if you’re like a photographer, maybe you have certain products where you’re like, wow, business is great, okay, I can contribute, or I can pay myself more this month, and then it goes down and then you’re panicking. And then you’re just like, Okay, I’m not gonna do anything. And so just really understanding what does your business look like month over month for an entire year on average, will allow you to just be able to be more consistent and regular with allocating money for retirement.

Natalie Franke
Oh, I love that though. And the word forecast is a creative, it just gives me it already makes me a goof. You know, but I completely agree. And we’ve seen similar things with just supporting business owners on on mapping their client flow, for example, taking that moment to work on the business, not just in the business to really kind of put on the CEO hat or the CEO or the CFO in this case, hat and, you know, look look into the future. It’s so critical. It’s so important. I’m curious, though, how much is enough? You know, how much is enough to really support somebody into retirement? Is it a percentage of their income? Is it a certain benchmark by a certain age? How should we be thinking about it?

Jess Catorc
I think like, the just like, the best practice is cuz I think if we were to say like, you should be saving 20% of your income, you know, every month putting that towards retirement, it’s easy to hear that and be like, cool. Well, that’s not possible. So I’m not going to do anything. And I mean, just like really thinking about the power of compound interest, it’s like consistency is going to be your friend over just doing bursts of like, random large deposits when you can. And so I think, you know, just like creating a habit, what is like the least amount that you can allocate towards retirement? And can you do that for the next six to 12 months? And if you find that, like, month three, it’s actually quite easy, okay, I’ll increase it a little bit. But you never go beyond or below that amount that you set, because otherwise people, you just people will just like wait or push it off until they can and then that’s in the long term not helpful.

Ankur Nagpal
Another realization we’ve had that’s actually, that’s something we’ve, or at least I’ve changed my mind on since starting this company is I thought not I thought financial planners were something we could kind of replace. But I’ve come around to that thinking, I don’t think we’re going to replace financial planners, because there’s so much individual stuff to think about, like, for instance, as as you bring it up, like, one of the big questions is like, what kind of lifestyle do people want to maintain retirement is such a big variable, right? Like, we can’t prescribe the same one size fits all. So we’re adapting our product and technology to also now be like, Okay, we actually might have to do some personalization. Because there’s one size fits all approach isn’t for everyone, and which is why sometimes, you know, having a planner or someone to talk to, can help because everyone’s situation is unique. And what they want from retirement is, is unique, and accordingly, like, have very different philosophies. Like I’ll give you this really this book, I don’t know, if you’ve read it, it’s called die with nothing. And it’s a more extreme perspective. But this year, the person argues, you should actually front load your spending, like too many people die with too much money, because of this fear of running out. And your utility from you know, money goes lower and lower, the older you get. So the average person ends up, you know, saving too much for retirement. And it comes from a place of fear. I personally don’t agree with that. But you know, like, but that’s just shows a sort of spectrum of viewpoints when it comes to, you know, how much to save for retirement.

Natalie Franke
I love that last tidbit right there. I also, as you’re talking, kept thinking about my partner and I, my husband, you know, are even within like, we have had to have those conversations about retirement lifestyle. And it’s funny, we have such different views. So working on the compromise, where I’m like, I want to live in an RV down by the river, you know, like, give me an air stream, and I will, you know, like, and whereas he’s like, No, you know, it has a different has a different vision. So even just like it’s something that’s a good place to start for anyone listening to this, like, have you really thought about it, if you’ve taken the time to think about the lifestyle that that you want in that season of your life. Yeah, yeah, absolutely. That’s amazing. Okay. One of the things I love that both of you I’ve seen, both of you do on social and in your content, is you talk a lot about sort of these underutilized, you know, financial tips, tricks, tax savings, opportunities, things that people just don’t know that they, you know, like we talked about, it’s not spoken about, or, you know, there’s just not a lot of awareness around. And so I’m curious if you’re willing to share any of those with us, you know, what are some of those underutilized aspects of generating wealth, creating wealth saving on your taxes that you wish more people knew?

Jess Catorc
Oh, I mean, you got two hours, we can

Ankur Nagpal
talk about go through a webinar right now, seven simple steps.

Jess Catorc
But it’s i This is such a great question. And topic. I just I love it. i It’s so interesting, because I think most people assume that like these huge strategies and tricks and everything that you know, maybe we’ll share now or that you’ll uncover. It’s like, okay, well, they’re usually tax loopholes, like, you know, all these tricks, like, they’re just like, there’s shady things, or it’s only for the rich in the elites to do and the sad thing you know, with basically, you know, what, what we’ll be sharing now is, like, this is pretty standard, it’s not hidden, it’s just that if you don’t have access to this information, it’s not even on your radar, which I think is one understandable but to also empowering to know that there’s so much that you can utilize and you can leverage, you just need to hear about it. I would say like, just starting like foundationally The first thing is just really looking at your expenses as a business owner. A lot of people most people will, you know, they’ll claim expenses on their their taxes. That’s, I think for the most part, people understand that. But we often forget that especially if you work from home, there’s so much that you would be paying for out of pocket anyways that you can leverage. You know, if you think of if you’re, let’s say living in like a two You bedroom apartment, you have one like this room right here, this is a second bedroom, we use as an office, that for the proportional square footage, of course, you can claim all of your rent, but that can come off your taxes. So let’s say if you’re, you know, spending, let’s say $5,000 a month on rent, if you live in New York, that’s also very believable. And you’ve got one bedroom 20% of the entire space. You know, it’s about like, $12,000 a year that you can take off your taxes, your internet, your utilities, your rent, like all those things, I highly recommend people looking at what they’re currently paying for out of pocket and seeing like, what is in fact, a business expense? And then yeah, there’s, there’s more like even like leveraging credit card points, which we can talk about in a in a sec. But yeah, and even switching to an escort if you want to talk about that younger,

Ankur Nagpal
very quickly, but quick checklist to tell everyone to like think through is incorporation Are you incorporated in the most intelligent way, which for like, let’s say you’re a startup founder, you want to be set up as a C Corp, because you pay no taxes if you sell your business after five years. But if you’re a service provider that makes over $100,000, you probably want to file for an S corp election. So incorporation, the first place place we look to expenses with Jess already spoke about the third big categories, you can fund the benefits you want. So solo 401 K retirement account health insurance, you can literally pick the best benefits for you, your family or partners. Because you know, it’s your business. And you get to control that, if you want to start getting fancy, and like this is the point at which it gets like advanced, but like people really want to like, do dramatically different things to pay less in taxes, I think, you know, the world of real estate opens up a ton of different opportunities. But that’s more of an advanced tactic if like, and I also think it’s very important to, you know, figure out what is the return on return on hassle or return on return on how painful some of these things are, because you can go deeper and deeper and deeper and dig yourself, you know, save marginally and marginally more amount. But, again, a lot of this also comes to like, what are you optimizing for how important is like how painful your life becomes versus like marginal tax savings. But that that’s the quick checklist.

Jess Catorc
I love it to also clarify for incorporation structure. And this is, you know, most people, if you’re just kind of starting out, or maybe you haven’t, like looked over the past few years of kind of how you’re running your business, what your income looks like, just the standard incorporation structure, people will be their sole prop or an LLC. And, you know, that’s great. However, if you are listening to this, and you’re making an about it, let’s see, like, between 80,000 $200,000 a year or more, a lot of the times most of the times it actually is more advantageous to switch and be taxed as an S corp, you save on self employment taxes. So it’s not applicable to everyone, but also just a really helpful tip to remember that if you are an LLC, or you are a sole prop and your business is doing well, once you get into that threshold, you know, that’s where when you can save. I mean, if you’re making $100,000 a, depending on what you pay yourself as a salary. I mean, you can save, you know, 1000s of dollars with that tip alone. And then yeah, the credit card points thing I think is like kind of getting into the weeds. But I it’s something that I’ve recently, like fully leveraged after talking to experts and you like really can, if you have expenses that you’re paying for anyways, with a credit card, you know, especially for your business, you can start to leverage and maximize how many points are earning, which in itself can then turn into like free flights, upgrading flight, which is just a huge, huge saving. But yeah, that could be a whole other conversation.

Natalie Franke
I love the Credit Card Points conversation, though. That’s something that you know, I speaking of like mindset shifts and transforming the way that we think about money. My husband has always been the point sky in our house. And I’ve always run the other way from credit cards in general. They’ve scared me until recently until I started to realize, oh, with the proper amount of, you know, financial education and consistent diligence and ensuring that we’re really taking advantage of the cards that we have. We I mean, we’ve started flying business class on points not paying out of pocket, but on points. And so I do think that’s a really interesting avenue that for a lot of business owners again, it’s if it wasn’t something that was discussed growing up, if credit cards were something that you know, were shied away from or demonized in some way. It might feel like very unfamiliar territory for them. So I do love having that conversation. I love getting a little bit into the weeds on it. I think it’s something that you know, we shouldn’t be afraid to explore and something that really can have a lot of benefits. So if you have anything specific that you’ve learned that surprised you on that front, like I’m even curious, you know, with a business credit card, can you use those points personally, like, how does that even work?

Jess Catorc
Yep, oh, Natalie. There’s

Ankur Nagpal
everything. It is basically, because it’s in this weird tax gray area. It’s sort of an untaxed benefit to you. So you’re a bit you can spend money on your business credit card earn points use that personally and because it’s, again, the IRS has said the look into it, right? It’s not that this will be like, totally fine forever. But for now, it’s fit into this like nice little gray area where you absolutely can. And we know of business owners, especially people in like running construction business by millions of dollars of materials, putting that all to their credit card, or let’s say you have an online course business, but you’re spending huge amounts on Facebook ads, same thing, put it all in the credit cards, you know, have the points and use it for personal expenses, which is what I was doing. Now that we’re a startup, it’s a little bit different, because we have investors and stuff. So in those cases, we’re just opting for cash back. But if you are, if it’s your own business, where there’s no other stakeholders, a big fan of you know, using the credit card points for personal use,

Jess Catorc
and then just to kind of break it down. So, you know, when it comes to credit card points. The first thing is I think people think that you need to obsess over loopholes like I know people that like love reading the fine print to find I know someone who actually had their credit card, they were banned from this credit card company because they found a loophole,

Ankur Nagpal
but basically you’re talking about.

Jess Catorc
So like there’s extremes, but what I would say is, so the first thing to maximize how many points you can get, and again, the I cannot stress this enough, you need to like one ensure that you do have like a good, relatively good credit score, you need to trust that you will be able to pay off the debt do not pay the minimums paid off every month, because the benefits that you’re going to be getting, like with interest and compound interest. It like it doesn’t make sense. So but the first thing is, the way to get the most amount of points in a short amount of time is one looking at signup bonuses. So so many credit cards will have like, you know, 100,000 60,000, signup, bonus points, but also looking at analyzing your spending. So if you’re looking for a business credit card, and you’re spending a ton of money on ads, there are specific business credit cards that give you like multiple points for ad spend. Don’t just go for the AMEX platinum, because everyone you know, has it actually look at what is my spending, what are like some of the biggest categories, and which credit cards are actually going to give me more for that. But with the signup bonuses too, there’s a thing called pathing. So to get a signup bonus with credit cards, most of the time, there’s a certain amount of money you have to spend within a certain amount of time. So don’t sign up for five credit cards. And you’re like, oh my gosh, I’m gonna make 500 gain points, if you have to spend more than you actually financially can in like three months. So the strategy is called pathing, where you start with one credit card, you leverage those, you know, the signup bonuses, and then you can go on to another one. Usually you start with a chase card and then Amex at the end. But that’s a really great place to start. And then yeah, transferring your points out department programs.

Natalie Franke
Oh, I love that I love all of that. I like getting into the weeds, we’re not cutting it in half, we’re gonna have everyone re listened to it twice and execute on it immediately. I want to double click into the solo 401k. I had never heard of this until y’all launched. And I’ve been running businesses for a very long time. Well over a decade. And I’m not embarrassed to say that because I’m learning more every single day. But I guarantee there are a lot of folks out there that don’t even know this exists. So for a second, can we just talk about like, what is this? What? What is it? Has it always been around? Is it something new? Any information you can share on how we should be thinking about it?

Ankur Nagpal
Yeah, absolutely. I had the exact same journey when for the first time I had an LLC a couple years ago. So I was looking into retirement accounts. And I googled it and I stumbled upon the solo 401k and solo foreign kid works like a corporate 401k. But the big difference is you were both the employer and the employee. So you can custom build your own 401k plan to do exactly what you wanted to do. And when I started reading about the plan, my first reaction was, this sounds too good to be true. Like it’s got sort of the best parts of all the plans like, like, why, like what’s going on here? Why isn’t everyone talking about this. And then I went down a journey of actually setting one up, and then I started to realize why no one was talking about it. It’s because all the providers were sort of terrible, even though you are allowed to do all these things. Like for instance, invest in, you know, any asset class, whether it’s stocks, real estate, funds, no matter what, and have full discretion over that most providers actually weren’t allowing you to do that. So if you go to Charles Schwab, you could set up a solo 401 K, it would take a lot of time, but you’d be limited to what Charles Schwab allows you to do, and they wouldn’t let you have the benefits like having a Roth account under your solo 401k. So none of the providers honestly focused on it too much. And my hypothesis is because they thought it’s a very niche product. They thought how many people are out there, and for a long time, there really weren’t that many independent business owners to make it make sense. But as that change, we’ve realized it was a really interesting wedge for us to enter the market and initially built a product literally because I could find one for myself last year. I tried to you know, six months and I’m like, Ah, damn it, guess you got to start a company now. And, and yeah, that’s that’s where we are now where I think it’s the best retirement account for someone seIf employed because it gives you the highest contribution limits your money, compounds tax free, you invest in anything, you can make Roth contributions. And it’s even got good like downside protections. Like for instance, let’s say you end up needing your retirement money for other reasons, you can borrow up to $50,000 from your own solo 401 K at no interest, no penalty, nothing and paid back later. So it’s a very, very flexible account.

Natalie Franke
I love that. Just anything to add there.

Jess Catorc
Yeah, the one thing to just the The caveat is, you know, we’ve had people are like, okay, great, I’m gonna set up a solo 401 K, you know, I’ve got all of my like, five full time employees. So 401 K is if you are like you don’t have employees, full time employees under you, I think that the difference, it doesn’t count if it’s your spouse or your partner. But having if you have full time employees, then it’s not the right fit. But yeah, and I think it’s, um, either way, it’s just definitely worth looking into, or if you know, someone that is self employed, and doesn’t have any employees, like send them this or just send them all the resources because it is such a game changer.

Natalie Franke
Who I love it, I can’t I wish I knew about it. I wish I wish I had existed when I was the solo with no full time employees under me, because, you know, back then I was so young and had no idea what to do. Alright, and the world is changing for the better. And with all that you’re building a dojo, you’re making it easier for business owners to create that generational wealth. As we wrap up this episode, I love to end with a final question. And I would love to get an answer from both of you. This is a podcast all about the science of self made success. And so I’m very curious, what you believe differentiates the businesses that succeed from the ones that fail,

Jess Catorc
avoiding the like mindsets, I do think there’s a huge aspect that is mindset of like, obviously, believing in yourself. And you know, like, actually, you know, putting yourself out there. Because I think that that’s probably a common thing that people will think or maybe assume. I do think though one of the most important things that I’ve seen both from creators and startups is one being able to listen and pivot. Because you can have the best idea, but if even if the demand was there, but it shifted, or if there’s like a more nuanced approach that you could take for a problem or pain point that people have, I mean, even if you just look at you can we could talk about personal finance, or is it personal finance for business owner, like, there’s so many things that you can do, but I think that you just have to humble yourself and listen to your customers or the audience and be able to read like, okay, what are the opportunities there and being able to pivot I think, has been a trend that I’ve seen very successful people.

Ankur Nagpal
Yeah, my answers were very similar. Like once you get past the, like, actually doing it like the most cliched is to just, you know, just do it. The biggest thing that holds people back is never doing it and talking about it. But once they actually get to the point of doing it, it’s it’s rate of iteration. Like even as as a startup or anything, our chances of finding success or like, how fast can we iterate on what we’re doing until something clicks and it’s the same thing when you’re trying to start up a business or anything is like, if you try things at a fast enough rate, it is inevitable you will find something ironically enough I find sometimes dislike hustle porn culture of like, you know, working on your idea for like 16 years and never see any traction is actually damaging. You should be absolutely willing to be like, Wow, no one likes us. I’m going to try something else. And like just doing that rapidly, I think increases the odds of finding success. Who

Natalie Franke
What a way to close this out. Both of those answers were so incredible. Uncle Jeff, thank you both so much for joining me today, I am going to have to re listen to this one myself. This was so good.

Ankur Nagpal
Thanks for having me for

Jess Catorc
having us this one

Natalie Franke
that ends our episode of The Independent Business Podcast. Everything that we’ve discussed today can be [email protected]. Head to our website for access to show notes, relevant links and all of the resources that you need to level up. And if you enjoyed today’s episode, be sure to subscribe to the podcast so that you never miss our future content. Drop us a review and leave our guests some love on social. Thanks again for listening.

Episode 6 transcript: Your Voice Matters: How to Advocate For Your Business with Sharon McMahon

Natalie Franke
Welcome back. Today we are talking about the fact that the majority of independent business owners do not believe that the government is doing enough to support them or even understand their needs. Let me explain what I mean by that. 84% of independent business owners say that there should be more government resources and financial assistance dedicated to supporting small business. 81% say that the government does not do enough to make business owners aware of the programs that already exist. Only half of independent business owners say they believe that their elected officials vote with their best interest in mind or believe that their elected officials understand the struggles that independent business owners face. Given that we are having a conversation today about the government. We are having a conversation today about advocating for yourself as an independent business owner and sitting down with America’s government teacher, Sharon McMahon. Sharon is on a mission to curate facts fun and inspiration by educating Americans on democracy, politics and history. After years of serving as a high school government and law teacher, Sharon took her passion for education to Instagram with a mission to combat political misinformation with nonpartisan facts. Sharon has earned a reputation as America’s government teacher, like I said and quickly amassed over a million followers, affectionately known as the governors. Sharon is also the host of the top rated podcast here is where it gets interesting, where each week she provides entertaining factual accounts of America’s most fascinating moments. Sharon has done an immense amount, philanthropically. She has been featured on shows like The Daily Show, and Good Morning America among countless others. The truth, though, is that Sharon has used her platform to inspire, to uplift to educate, and ultimately to do an immense amount of good in this world. As someone who has been running small businesses myself for over 15 years. I know that at times when I get frustrated about the government or frustrated about what’s happening around me regarding things like affordable childcare, or health care, retirement policies, and tax savings, or lack thereof for independence, I can feel a little bit hopeless, I can feel a little bit helpless, I can feel as though I don’t have the ability to make a change. But you see, we do have the ability to make a change. And today we are talking with Sharon McMahon, about how we can do just that, about how we can use our voices to advocate where we go to communicate our requests and how we reach out to our government officials, our elected officials, I cannot wait for you to listen to this episode of The Independent Business Podcast. This is a good one. Hey, everyone, this is your host, Natalie Frank, and you’re listening to the independent business podcast, more people than ever are working for themselves and building profitable businesses in the process. So on this show, I sit down with some of the most influential authors, entrepreneurs and creators to break down the science of self made success so that you can achieve it.

Natalie Franke
Sharon, thank you so much for joining me.

Sharon McMahon
It is truly a delight.

Natalie Franke
I adore you. I have adored you for a very long time. And the fact that you are on this podcast right now. And we are combining two worlds in which you know a lot about small business, independent business and the government. I feel like this episode is going to be one for the record books. And to kick us off, I would love to just start with a little bit of your story, the bulleted short version of how did you become known as America’s government, or what led you to this point?

Sharon McMahon
I, you know, have been a government teacher for a very long time. So I legitimately am a government teacher, I have all the you know, credentials to do that. But for a period of time, I also owned two separate independent businesses, one of which I sold, and one of which I decided not to work at anymore for a variety of reasons, mostly because I was working on Instagram, growing my Sharon’s SSL profile, working on podcast, et cetera. So these are, as you mentioned, both topics that I love, I love independent businesses. I love talking about business. And I also know quite a bit about how government works and how the intersectionality of Independent Businesses and in government so, you know, my businesses that I ran, one of them was a yarn dyeing business, where I hand dyed yarn and sold it all over the world. I like wholesaled it and I also sold directly to consumers. And then I was also as you were a photographer. Yeah, and I did that

Natalie Franke
didn’t know that too. Yeah, the yarn business though. That one I don’t I must have been living under a rock. I did not know that.

Sharon McMahon
That was a while ago. It was a while ago. It eventually became one of the largest handwriting studios in the world. And then I sold it to one of my employees and became a photographer. But that was a very interesting job because I was, we were hand making a tangible good, not just you know, working in a digital space like photography often is people do sell products, of course. But it’s more of a, it’s a less take photography is less tangible than yarn is so interesting.

Natalie Franke
Yeah, that’s incredible. I, you know, myself, obviously you mentioned I’ve been a photographer, and that was kind of my first business. And in that journey of, you know, leaving, I graduated from college, and instead of going and getting a corporate nine to five w two job, I went full time into my business, immediately was confronted with the fact that a lot of the system in the US is not built for what I did, it’s not built for the independent business owner, right, so much of what we gain from employment with a larger company, you know, are the benefits that you need health care, your retirements through your employer parental leave is through your employer if you have it at all. And I could go on and on and on. But But leaving college and going full time this business, I think I realized rather quickly, wow, this system was not built for business owners. And I felt a little bit powerless. I didn’t know, you know, is this the way it’s always going to be? Is this the way it always has been? What can I do to change it, and I know a lot of business owners in our community feel the same about a wide variety of issues, everyone is passionate about something a little different that impacts their business. And so I want to kind of lead into that and ask, you know, in regards to advocacy, if there is something, you know, we want to advocate about, or we want to get in touch with our government officials about where should a business owner start? How can we make sure that we’re equipping ourselves with accurate information to go forth? And have those conversations? How do we even have them? Where do we have them help help share

Sharon McMahon
and help? Yeah, well, I think we tend to view government first of all, too big Lee, and too broadly, we tend to think that it’s the President and Congress. And if we have a problem, we should write an email to our Congress person, and then we feel like but they’re never going to respond, and nothing’s ever gonna change. That’s, that tends to be how we feel about it. But I would really encourage people to think much smaller when you’re thinking about your independent business, and government, because the vast majority of policies that are going to be affecting your business are occurring at a state or a local level, depending on what kind of business you’re running. And if you’re listening outside of the US, this may not be the most applicable advice, but chances are good, there is a local office that you could work with, you don’t need to go directly to your national government. So people’s ability to impact government at a state and local level is exponentially more than you realize. We think of, you know, like, I have two senators, I represent my whole state of 35 million people, they don’t care about me, but you know, who you actually have a very good chance of getting on the phone is the person that represents you in your state legislature, or the person on your city council. The one resource I can recommend to people is a website called Open states.org. And you would go there, you would enter the address of your independent business. And you would immediately displayed on the next screen, who represents you in your state legislature, what their, what their names are with their email addresses, our phone numbers, mailing addresses, and you can then very quickly and easily reach out to them. And I will tell you that if you are polite, professional and persistent, three things that most independent business owners know how to be, right, we all know how to be polite, professional and persistent. You can make things happen. You can get people on the phone, you can attend a hearing, you can advocate for a position, you can say we need better acts in this state. And your ability to make your voice heard with polite professional persistence is actually extremely good. If you ask anybody who represents you in state or local government, how, how good are my chances of being able to influence or impact something if I’m polite, professional and persistent, they will all tell you the same thing. Actually quite good. You can come to the I will interview you you can will advocate for a bill together. So whatever the issue is that you’re having in government, if you just keep those sort of three P’s in mind, and think smaller, think about your city or your state and not about Congress. I think you’ll find more receptivity than you anticipated.

Natalie Franke
We’ve experienced that here in Annapolis where I live my husband is super passionate about a lot of niche topics. I’ve joked about this on the podcast before crosswalks bike lanes, pedestrian infrastructure, that’s his thing. Now he’s also though very passionate about outdoor dining and local businesses and how businesses have access To that dieting, and so you’re spot on everything you’re saying I’m like, that is exactly what he did. He wanted outdoor dining to remain after they were lifting a lot of the, you know, kind of emergency policies that they put out during COVID. And he went and testified at the city council meeting. And he, like, was a part of kind of advocating for just a handful. There’s not very many of the independent restaurants in my little neighborhood. But he went and he advocated on their behalf and in alignment with kind of like a bunch of others in our neighborhood. And they extended it. And so it’s interesting to see that you’re right, I think on the local level, he got responses rather quickly. He’s had crosswalks put in by being very persistent. I joke that like, they probably see his email come in, and they’re like, Oh, Mr. Hayes, is that it again?

Sharon McMahon
But they also probably know that he’s not going to give up now. And so they might as well just acquiesce right away, because he’s going to keep being politely persistent about it. Until they fix it.

Natalie Franke
Absolutely. Right. Absolutely. Just for us, as business owners like we, we should feel as though you know, we can do the same that we can be vocal about the things that matter most to us. So as I mentioned earlier, the entire American system is sort of structured for corporate workers, right? Or at least it’s not structured for independent businesses, but you put it that way. And there are specific things that you know, you would in the US kind of expect your employer to have given you health care is an example setting up for retirement, if you’re lucky, again, parental leave, if you’re lucky, not all of these things are available to everyone. But a lot of companies, do you cover that overall for for their employees, as opposed to maybe let’s say it coming from the government? And I’m just curious if you know, what is the history on that? Why is that? Why is that sort of our system, as opposed to other options that exist in other countries around the world?

Sharon McMahon
Well, first of all, health insurance is actually a relatively modern invention, right? Like they didn’t have health insurance in 1776. There were there was no, like, I got Blue Cross, you know, that wasn’t a thing. Hospitals themselves didn’t exist until the Civil War. So when we think about, you know, the modern medical system, health care system, etc, we really see that developing in the later part of the 20th century, we think about like Social Security, developing during the Great Depression, but a lot of our current programs like Medicare and Medicaid, that have government availability of some type of health insurance, that actually didn’t really get going in the way that we know it until the 1960s. So Harry Truman, who was president after FDR died beginning in 1945, actually advocated for a national health insurance plan. And he got shot down by Congress, they were like, we can’t, we’re not doing that. And we actually have other if you think about the type of health insurance they have in Canada, Health Canada is, is a single payer health care system. The government, the the doctors are not government employees. They are, you know, independent employees, or they work for a hospital or whatever, but the only group that pays their bills is the government. So that’s a single payer system. It is exactly in many ways, like what Medicare is where you go to the doctor, and then who pays the bill, the government, right. And so there have been a number of presidents over time, number of members of Congress over time who have advocated for expanding those government programs, to creating something like a Medicare for All program, you know, where if you want to buy into it, you can, but beginning you know, our current systems beginnings happen in the middle part of the 20th century. So you can directly trace this employer based system to the advent or or to a post world war two economy is what I should say, a post world war two economy, and people have made various attempts at changing it, you can think about things like Obama Care, creating health care exchanges, because it is so very difficult for independent business owners to afford or even obtain insurance because of how small the risk pool is, it can be prohibitively cost expensive. So the history behind it is that some people over the years have tried to create a system that was not based on your individual employer, but that was based on a bigger broader, societal systemic system. I can also tell you that one of the reasons that people took Harry Truman’s idea of national insurance and then we’re like, No, we’re not doing that is because of the Red Scare. It’s because of America’s deep seated and lingering ongoing to this day, fear of communist Some. And the idea that big huge government control over these types of things equaled godless communism. That is, they were truly equivalent to many people. And still to this day, many people equate those things, they would say that the government control of things like health care is too much government control. People have a variety of viewpoints on what the government’s role in this should be. But you can, you can trace it right back to the 1950s.

Natalie Franke
Wow, wow, I didn’t know that history that like I, this is great. I should be taking notes. And I’m going to replay this and take some notes. I didn’t understand any of that. But it does. It’s interesting, when you say even things around the Red Scare, it provides a little bit of context into some of the narratives that I always heard growing up, like for my grandparents around how they felt politically regarding something like health care. And it is so interesting to hear you say that, because I’m going wow, that actually really does align with some of the things that I heard. And, you know, just some maybe roots of some of the even today current discourse, which is so interesting.

Sharon McMahon
And the Harry Truman, I’ll tell you one other little fun fact, Harry and Bess Truman, of course, when they left the White House, they lived a long life after they left the White House. And when the current iteration of Medicare was signed into law under the Lyndon Baines Johnson administration, they had this big ceremony. And they Johnson presented the first Medicare cards in existence to Harry and Bess Truman. So, you know, they had advocated for a national insurance plan. And of course, they were famous elderly Americans at that time, and they were there at the ceremony and got their very first Medicare cards.

Natalie Franke
That’s beautiful. I love that. That is so cool. So so cool. So let’s say for a second that you are a business owner, and let’s say healthcare is the thing you want to advocate for in your state improved access, or whatever it is for you. Again, it could be any issue, where would somebody begin, you mentioned open state.org, that’s a great place to start. But beyond just finding out who to talk to, for the person who sits there, you know, with the blank cursor in the inbox and doesn’t know, you know, what to do, or even to pick up the phone is terrifying. We know fewer and fewer millennial and Gen Z like to pick up that telephone? Is one preferred over the other, like, where did where do we even start? How do we begin?

Sharon McMahon
Yeah, I wouldn’t say that there’s strong evidence for one mode of communication over the other individual representatives will tell you like I slightly prefer emails because I can print them out and read them later. Or they will say I slightly prefer phone calls, because we can have a better individual connection that maybe we don’t that is lost via email. So I don’t think there is a strong always called Never email. I don’t I don’t know that that’s true. It’s based more on the individual. But here’s the thing that I think people get intimidated by, they think they need some kind of PhD in English literature to write a letter to their, to their representative, or they feel like they need to follow some special format. And if they don’t follow the format, you know, like when you were in college, like you better be Times New Roman 12 point, you know, like, are good and knock points off. They feel like there needs to be some kind of special format, or they are not going to be taken seriously. And that is not the case at all. I would say that starting with, you know, the, again, that polite professionalism, but telling your own story of why you started an independent business, why being a business owner is important to you why you want to be a good citizen of your community. Why independent businesses are the backbone of society, telling your own story will often have a far greater impact than following some specific format of like deucer. I write to you today, for the requester and audience you don’t like just write how you talk. Be polite, professional, and persistent. But tell your own story about why something is important to you. I’ll tell you something that was important to me when I moved to a new state and started a new business, which was that my city did not have a small business website where I could go and get all of my information where I could be like, I need a business license, I need to collect local sales tax, I need to do XY and Z. There was no such clearing house and it became sort of arduous to try to meet all of the requirements that I feel like is something that if your city or your state is not doing that they’re you know, missing the boat, but advocating for that and actually saying, I just moved here. I want to follow the law. I want to be a good corporate citizen. Help me help you. Okay, no, like me make it easier for me. That story actually is way more impactful, then you guys don’t are not doing anything right over there. What are you even thinking you’re making it way too hard for me, that would not have nearly the impact of saying, I really want to I’m an intelligent person, I went to college and I’m having a difficult time finding the information I’m looking for and I want to pay, I want to collect and remit my local sales taxes. Tell your story. And just be polite, professional, persistent.

Natalie Franke
I love it. I absolutely love it polite, professional, persistent, we shall be for sure we shall be. What do you think that small business owners need from elected officials in order to create an environment where they can thrive? Like what what are the things that we should be asking for you mentioned the website, that’s a really great example, resources. And I will say, it shouldn’t require I believe it shouldn’t require a college degree to even understand how to do things should truly be accessible. Something we fight for, it’s a core value of mine is like accessibility to entrepreneurship should be something that is more more broad and available, because it’s such an incredible vehicle for life change for wealth generation, for community development, all of those things, but what are some of the things that, you know, we need in our environment to thrive that we should be looking to our elected officials to support us in?

Sharon McMahon
I love that question. I think it’s a great question. And I already mentioned the website. So I won’t belabor that point. But one of the regulatory challenges that I encountered moving to a new area was that often the there were no, there was no central location for information. And you would, I would get directed to one office and be told actually, we don’t deal with that Bob does it call Bob over and whatever. And I’d call Bob. And he’d be he’d laugh at me and be like, I don’t know why you’re calling me to call Janet. And I found myself spending hours trying to chase down this information where there was not one central office that handled all of those things. So to me, it is a far more efficient, less frustrating, and it helps foster that entrepreneurial spirit, if there is one location that somebody can go to one office that someone can go to, to obtain everything they need, rather than being passed around very in a very frustrating manner. And I will say when I moved my business to a different state, they had fantastic systems where it was extremely easy. And I really, in that moment, felt like this regulatory environment, it fosters my desire to locate here, way more than it did on the other side of the bridge, where it was far more challenging. So that is something that will benefit your community’s entrepreneurial spirit as a whole, if there’s one place you can go, I would advocate for starting that sort of location. Another thing that I think is very useful, and I have made use of this myself, is mentorship programs. One of the things that really intimidated me, as a small business owner, I worried about doing it wrong, I worried about the repercussions of doing it wrong, was how to keep my books, and how to like do my taxes and how to, you know, as a teacher, I never learned any of that. And it people get hold degrees in accounting, you know what I mean? Like, it’s too much is too hard. And there are turns out some great software programs now that really make things easier. But nevertheless, the real world, implications for getting it wrong, can be very serious. So I would advocate for by the way, I was actually living in Maryland at the time, and I, through a program that Maryland offers, had a was paired with a great mentor, because I told them, I really need help with accounting. I do not know how to do any of this. And they actually paired me with a volunteer, retired accounting professor who just like was like, here’s what you got to do. It’s very simple. You know, just you need to know these 10 things. That’s really what you got to worry about. You don’t have 150 million employees. If it’s just you start small, you don’t need to know how to do accounting for a fortune 500 company with offshore profit sectors, you only need to know what you actually what actually applies to you. So those kinds of mentorship programs that pair people with expertise with people who need their expertise are things that are government programs that don’t cost that much money to administer because most of the mentors are volunteer or they receive a small stipend, but can go a really long way to you know, it gave me the confidence to go ahead with the business that I business idea that I had. I felt too overwhelmed without being paired with that mentor. So especially Usually in those kinds of fields that many creative business owners feel intimidated by, like the business, the bookkeeping business aspect of it, I would love to see more of that at a local level where you can actually get that person or like I went to his office, and he sat down with me, it only took like an hour, but I would not have known how to access that information otherwise.

Natalie Franke
I love that so much pivoting a little to you as the business owner. So from government now, to you, the business owner, I am really curious, because you have had now multiple businesses, you’ve also worked as a teacher, what is the think like the biggest lesson you have learned as an independent business owner yourself? Was there something that you look back and you go, whew, I didn’t know that when I went into it. And it really was kind of a learning I wasn’t expecting or something that pleasantly surprised you.

Sharon McMahon
One of the things that I really learned, you know, the hard way, and I know that you have spoken about this, too, and you I bet you will agree with me, which is that you have to value yourself, or nobody else will value you. You will not win the race to the bottom. There is no winning in the race to the bottom. And when you can confidently tell somebody, here’s how much I charge for this. And it’s totally worth it. You don’t when you can confidently say that to somebody, that confidence is infectious, they then believe that it’s worth it as well. Now listen, they may not be able to afford it. But that is different than it’s not worth it. Right? There’s a difference between I love your work. And I know it’s totally worth it. It’s just not in my budget, that’s very different than your charging. How much is that worth that at all, those are two very different things to hear on the other end of the line. But if you don’t value yourself, no one else is going to do it for you, there is no one coming to save you from that mindset of I am not worth it. I’ll just charge really low prices, because no one will book me if I don’t charge super low prices. It is in fact up to you to value yourself, no one is coming to do it.

Natalie Franke
I love that so much. We talk all the time about the fact that as a business owner, you’re often the meanest boss you’ve ever had. Right? Like you really we really are for ourselves oftentimes. And so it’s so important for us to remember that we must first value ourselves and how we speak to ourselves and how we feel confident in our own pricing and conveying that value. If we ever expect somebody else to I think that is so very true. One element to your business now, especially as community development, you’ve really grown an incredible community of governerds, I even I’m like this is the governerd’s edition of The Independent Business Podcast like this is like it’s it’s such a passionate community, and you’ve done so much good with that community. I’d love for you to share a little bit with us, like, how do you view community, right, as a business owner? And also, you know, with your responsibility with your platform, like how do you view community, the importance of it? And what are some of the things that you and your community have done together that you’re proud of?

Sharon McMahon
To me, a community is about a shared value system. You know, in in this context, it might be different if you live, you know, we’re talking about a community neighborhood, but in an online community, it’s about to me, it’s about a shared value system. And that is those are things that all governerds would hopefully have in common, even if we don’t agree with each other on who to vote for, we would all agree that would there’s no place for dehumanization in the political sphere, for example, that all humans are of infinite worth, and cannot engage in that sort of rhetorical tactics. So in addition to those shared values, which I talked about all of the time, you know, like I am constantly reiterating what our shared values are, you can’t assume, first of all, that everyone heard them the first time, or that everybody was in a mental space to absorb it. You can’t assume that people aren’t new. And I have a friend who does a lot of business coaching. And one of the things that she says that always stuck stuck with me is Once is Never Don’t say something one time, and think that people heard you once is the same as having never said it. So you have to continually repeat the same things over and over. Repetition is the key to learning anything. So repeating what your shared values are, and it doesn’t have to be cheesy, where you’re like, let’s join hands for the repetition of our shared value system. It doesn’t have to be cheesy, but if you continually talk about it, people will internalize it and then they will become evangelists for that message and will spread that message to other people and then also giving people the opportunity to do and be good people very let’s respond to that they want to be good. They want to, they most people view themselves as good, right? It is actually the only it’s a rare sociopath who does not have a self image of being a good person, they want to be good, they want others to view them as good. They want to do good things in the world. And so giving them the opportunity to develop that self image of who we are people who do good in the world, I have found to be tremendously valuable. And other people have said the same thing to me. So we have now raised and given away millions of dollars over the past couple of years, many millions of dollars in ways that are very impactful. And that might look different for every business owner, it doesn’t mean that every business owner needs to have a month long funding, you know, fundraising drive for a cause. But I think always looking for some way to give back, ingratiate you with your community, it makes you feel good. It makes them feel good. If they have to choose between you and somebody who does what is similar to you. But they saw that you were participating in some causes near and dear to their heart. That is that goes a long way. I will say that when I owned a local business when I was a photographer, one of the ways that I used that concept of people want to be and do good is anytime somebody asked me to donate to something. I said yes, no matter no matter what caught it, like it could be a thing for fishing. Like I don’t, I don’t care about fishing. Like I don’t care if you like it, but I don’t care about it, you know what I mean? does not affect me. But nevertheless, I knew that people in that that community wanted to do and be good. And then over the years, I figured it out. And I donated probably seven to $9,000 worth of stuff to all of these community causes every year. And people would tell me like I see your name everywhere. And that was, you know, not just a smart marketing idea. But it also helped connect me to my local community. As somebody who cares about the causes that other people care about.

Natalie Franke
Amazing and small business owners in general have a desire to do good in their community. There have been so many interesting conversations around that I remember for giving Tuesday, I shared a statistic, just you know about the fact that small business independent business does actually give back more than larger companies totally when you have to look at it at scale. Yeah. And so yeah, I think it’s an amazing way that we can think about, you know, the clients, we serve the communities we’re cultivating. And I love how you described like, when you are a photographer, being able to actually use your craft to give back as well. I no longer shoot professionally. But last year, honey book has VTOL hours, which are volunteer time off hours, it’s paid time to go volunteer in your community. Very cool. And I recommend, you know, for anyone who if you were working full time, and you have something like that, take advantage of it. If you can instill that in your company with your employees do it, I went and used my camera and photographed at a regional accessible voting center here in Annapolis that basically makes sailing truly accessible for everyone. And so it was cool to go and create some marketing materials. For them. It was just two hours out of my day. But you know, it’s it’s a way to give back and use your craft for good and there’s so much power in doing that. As we wrap up today’s conversation, I first want to say I feel super empowered, I know where to go, I know who to reach out to to advocate, I know that I can do good and be good, especially in community with others. I want to ask a question as this is a podcast about the science of self made success. Sharon, what do you believe, is the biggest differentiator between the businesses that succeed and the ones that fail?

Sharon McMahon
I’m not gonna get into all of the stuff about like product development and like, you know, r&d, that’s not my wheelhouse. But I will say that nobody ever achieved anything great, without a true commitment to persistence. And that is what will def differentiate the vast majority of successful business owners from people who are not, is the willingness to show up every day and to continue to try. You can have the best product in the world or the best service in the world. You can be the best makeup artists or the best hairstylist or make the best journals or whatever it is. And if you do not have the persistence to show up every day, nothing will come of that. So persistence requires courage, though, right? It takes a lot of courage to be persistent. It takes a lot of courage to be persistent in the face of of overwhelming odds. It takes a lot of courage to be persistent when you experience failure. hardship. So persistence is sort of that outward manifestation of what is really just courage. And to me, it’s the people who have the courage to continue to try. That are the successes.

Natalie Franke
Sharon, thank you so much for joining me and for being a guest on the independent business podcast for listeners that want to know more about you. Maybe they’re not a governor yet, but now they’re itching to become a governor. Where can they go? Where can they find you?

Sharon McMahon
You can find me on Instagram at Sharon says so or you can also listen to my podcast, which is called here’s where it gets interesting. Wherever you get your podcasts.

Natalie Franke
It’s so good. And I got to be a guest on Sharon’s podcast it and we had fun. It’s just it’s such a great lesson. So if you’re listening to if you need a podcast that just really you walk away learning something you never knew would fascinate you as much as it does. That’s where it gets interesting. And here’s where it gets interesting. Your podcast is definitely, definitely a great Listen, Sharon, thank you so much for coming on. I’ve really loved our conversation.

Sharon McMahon
It’s been a pleasure. Thanks, Natalie.

Natalie Franke
That ends our episode of The Independent Business Podcast. Everything that we’ve discussed today can be [email protected]. Head to our website for access to show notes, relevant links and all of the resources that you need to level up. And if you’ve enjoyed today’s episode, be sure to subscribe to the podcast so that you never miss our future content. Drop us a review and leave our guests some love on social. Thanks again for listening

Episode 5 transcript: 9 Stats Every Independent Business Owner Needs to Know with Akua Konadu

Natalie Franke
This is a bonus episode for my data nerds. Let me tell you, you are going to love today’s conversation. We are talking about the nine statistics that every independent business owner needs to know. A couple of weeks ago, my colleague Akua Konadu. She is a storytelling strategist who empowers creatives to use their voice to grow their business on social media. And she’s also the co founder of Ama and Akua, a gift boxing brand, featuring bipoc LGBTQ and women owned businesses. And we were looking through the pre release of this data kind of going stat by stat and talking about it on a zoom call, when we realized that there was a need to more broadly share and talk about the findings that have come from the latest honey book and Harris Poll survey. So in today’s episode of the podcast, we are unpacking the nine statistics that you need to know, we’re also adding a little bit of our own lived experiences and storytelling throughout, I really hope that you enjoy it. And as always, let us know if this is a conversation that you want to be a part of. And if there’s more data that you think we should be bringing to the table, we’re always open to growing this podcast alongside your feedback. And we invite you to join us for this bonus episode, and hopefully many more bonus episodes to come. Hey, everyone, this is your host, Natalie Frank, and you’re listening to the independent business podcast, more people than ever are working for themselves and building profitable businesses in the process. So on this show, I sit down with some of the most influential authors, entrepreneurs and creators to break down the science of self made success so that you can achieve victory.

Natalie Franke
This episode could either be the best thing we have ever done, or the most epic disaster in the history of time. But either way, it is going to be something is it not a q&a?

Akua Konadu
I mean, 1,000% I mean, it’s gonna I mean, here, we’re just gonna wing it. Okay, y’all, we’re

Natalie Franke
doing it with an outline, we do have an outline. And we do have some amazing data to bring to the table. But what is funny is that we were supposed to start recording this like 45 minutes ago, and we just have not been able to stop talking. So finally, I was like, Okay, fine. We’re just gonna hit record. And we’re just going to start recording this part of it, because this is ultimately how we got here. Is it not like, this is how we actually got to this point of wanting to do this episode? Yes,

Akua Konadu
I know, I’m super, super excited about just these key key critical pieces of statistics that are so important for business owners to know, because I think just being fully aware of it, it just lets you know that you’re not alone, but also to really utilizing these things to empower you and how you want to move forward in your business, I think is why we’re we’ve just been so excited about the stats, and just everything that we’ve learned from this study. So yeah, we were on

Natalie Franke
a call it was maybe a couple of weeks ago. And we got to glance at this data prior to it being released by the Harris poll and honey book. And we were looking through the data. And it was one of those moments where we just kept going, oh, did you see that? And did you see that. And, you know, then we were like, oh, we should do a podcast episode on that. And then Alas, like, fast forward, here we are. And so we’re diving into it. Today, we’re going to be sharing this data with all of you. And I guarantee there are going to be some affirmation of what you already may be expected. But then also some really surprising statistics, at least for me, that made me you know, dig in a little bit deeper to what’s happening in the world, and the infrastructure gaps that exist in the United States for independence and things like that. So we’re going there today, we’re definitely go in there today.

Akua Konadu
I mean, we’re gonna be real about it. I mean, that’s, that’s how we are. We are inviting you all in this space for us to have an honest and real conversation about just the state of independent business owners. I think with the past few years since the pandemic, to now, so many drastic things have happened and changed, and really evolved in the way that business owners function the way that we operate. And so I’m really, really excited for us to be having an honest and real discussion about it today. So the purpose of the study was to understand and highlight the state of independent business owners, right. So 509 independent business owners in the US were surveyed, and then 2052 adults were also surveyed, and 932 of them were employed, but are currently not independent business owners. So if that kind of gives you the background of the gist of this survey, that’s kind of what it was. So we’re gonna start hopping into some of the key statistics that we learned from this study. And let’s just hop on in so key statistic number one nally, you kick it off. Here we go.

Natalie Franke
Alright, statistic number one, more than half of employed adults who are not currently self employed, say they’ve considered leaving their current job to work for themselves. Okay. Think about that for a second. Over half of people with a W two job are ready to leave Do something on their own, that’s a, that’s a big deal. Now 44% of them say they’ve considered that within the past year. So within the past 12 months, that consideration to go independent has been top of mind. And Akua, you mentioned, you know, the pandemic, you mentioned that we’ve been through a lot in the past three years, one of the things that you and I have talked about, and I want to dig into this, honestly, is the fact that we have had to become a little bit more self reliant, in this experience of going through the pandemic, I can at least attest personally, my trust and reliance on larger institutions to protect and save me and, you know, keep things going. It’s been shaken like that trust has been shaken a little bit. Things as simple as you know, I couldn’t find formula to feed my daughter, for months, I couldn’t find formula to feed my daughter, there were periods where we’d go into the grocery store, and I couldn’t find what I needed on the shelves, something that’s simple can cause a chain reaction, I think within us where we want to feel this sense of autonomy and independence. And we want to build a life on our own terms, we want to kind of take charge over our future. And that trickles into things like work, like our jobs, I do think that is something that potentially could be pushing a lot of people to just look beyond the traditional w two work to imagine what else could be out there for them.

Akua Konadu
Yeah, 1,000%. And to your point, right, like, of course, some of these recent events have caused people to realize to become much more self reliant, but I think there’s also people even before the pandemic, that were also feeling that way, right. And really these barriers, because society in general, is not built to support business owners. And I think even from like the government aspect, like still playing catch up, and now more than ever, the great resignation, which is clearly like people are still considering so it’s still there, people are still leaving their nine to five to become independent business owners. And so it’s people want more for themselves. And I think that was before the pandemic. And I think it just revealed that even more, I think it just was like, it just was an open wound that just ripped wide open, where people were finally, like, I have had enough, I want more for myself, this is not what life is supposed to look like, especially right now. And all of the trauma that everybody’s enduring, I want more, and I want more control over my life and how I choose to live it. And so I think that’s kind of where it’s just really highlighted, like I said, events before, and then like to knit and then during and then now, and the number is gonna keep growing. And so I guess to like, what I’m really curious of why people are wanting to start independent businesses that was also in the study, which I thought was really, really interesting. And, of course, one of the main things right 68% wanted to start a business because they wanted to make more money for themselves. Who doesn’t want to make more money? Of course, right? We naturally already know that. But also to is that 66% said that their overall quality of life would improve.

Natalie Franke
Yes, yes. But you mentioned that the system has been very much imperfect, and for many very broken for a very long time. I mean, I genuinely have can’t imagine I truly can’t imagine commuting an hour to an hour and a half to an office as a parent of two. And then commuting an hour and a half back to an office which I live in Annapolis for reference for folks. So a lot of people live where I live, and then work in DC with traffic that is about an hour to an hour and a half. During those rush hour periods. It just depends if you get lucky or not. Now, that is something that the pandemic revealed for a lot of folks, folks that had accepted that as a standard that they had to continue doing that long commute losing three hours a day, suddenly, they’re able to do that exact same job for some people, not all obviously, but for some from home. That alone, when we talk about quality of life, that realization of wait, I can, you know, spend an extra three hours doing things other than sitting in a vehicle, right like or on a bus or you know, like whatever it is, that is it’s eye opening. It’s game changing. And so quality of life, I think spans so many different aspects the moment people were able, some of them were able to do the job that they had been doing from an office back at home.

Akua Konadu
1,000% I think again, it just it’s rooted in like people want more for themselves, it goes beyond money. I think for me, I just think of when I finally took the leap, I left my full time job, I did not have a plan. It was not intentional. I was so sick of my current quality of life that I was like, whatever happens on the other side has to be a lot better than where I’m currently at now. And I know that’s not for everybody, right? Like I know, that’s not however, I just know, for me, I wanted something more than myself. And I did not care how much money I made as long as I got to live a life on my own terms that is rooted in joy, peace and content.

Natalie Franke
That’s it for many of us that’s worth more than money. Yeah, I was like, everything you just described is worth more than money, at least if you can make a certain amount to keep things going. Right like and when you realize, oh, I could do that outside of a traditional job. The world sort of opens up and I do think over the past couple of years. There’s, it’s become easier and easier to make a living, separate of an employer with more access to technology. And we’ve seen things like, you know, we’ve talked about pandemic psychology, we’ve seen rapid adoption of these new technological advances, because we had to work from home, I was joking with you yesterday, you know, my grandfather, who’s almost 90 learned how to FaceTime during the pandemic, you know, like 2019, G dad was, we call him G dad was not FaceTiming 2020 That man learn technology really quickly, okay, God on FaceTime, it was fan FaceTiming, the grandkids and the great grandkids. And why that’s important is that that was a huge kind of overall collective shift for a lot of people, people who hadn’t needed to lean into things like zoom prior to 2020 suddenly couldn’t work without it. And so this also then opened up this new world of like, what else can I do online? How else could I, you know, leverage these new skills, and people started to uncover all of these potential independent businesses and the ability to do things like consulting, or, you know, freelancing. And it just, it’s, it’s like a gateway drug. Truly it is, it’s an economic financial freedom gateway drug, when you start to realize, Wait, these talents that I have, can be monetized. And people really need me, and they will pay me really well to do these things. They can change everything.

Akua Konadu
In 1,000% 100%, I like even with this statistics of why people are starting independent businesses, I feel like it adds another layer for people of color. You know, I think I like this specific statistic here. 14% of individuals who started their business was because to avoid workplace discrimination, it was more common, which was really interesting, among younger, independent business owners 18 to 25, and black independent business owners 24%. And so for me with my own experience, that also was a heavy contributing factor as to why I wanted to start my own business was because the micro aggressions that I was experiencing on a daily basis, in my last job, and especially working in a corporate space, not just corporate, just any job in general, especially I think, for people of color, we I feel like I have to act a certain type of way, we cannot be fully and truly ourselves, and who we authentically are. Because in a lot of these spaces that is predominantly white, certain things maybe just not are understood or accepted. And so you do have to kind of put on kind of a different mask, which is extremely exhausting, who wants to live that way. I want to be free to be myself and my gifts, I want to be in spaces where I am celebrated, not tolerated. And a lot of these jobs reflect that. And I was like, I don’t have to live this way. And I don’t want to, I don’t and so I thought that was a really, really interesting thing. And same thing with even Yeah, I was shocked with younger, like Gen Z. I was really surprised by that.

Natalie Franke
Yeah. Well, I wonder if their threshold for putting up with that is much lower, much like I yeah, like I wonder if and we’ve seen that, by the way across the board with Gen Z. I, they actually that’s a lot of what I was thinking about, like all the Tick Tock memes. But, you know, they say like Millennials are the mom and dad, you wish you had very sweet, very warm when they your boss. But for Gen Z, like they’re not going to put up with a lot. They’re not going to put up with it. They have this like bold, brave courage to be like, I’m out. Goodbye. I’m not going to deal with being disrespected. I’m going to set boundaries with my work, I’m going to actually take the PTO that I’m given. Whereas as a millennial, I still feel bad taking PTO. Anyway, it’s still so bad. My manager, Dan will like Natalie, you need to take I mean, he will, he’ll be like, You need to take your time. This was stupid. I remember 2021 He’s like, I see how much PTO you’re taking in, you need to take more Gen Z doesn’t have it, at least from the folks I’ve worked with. They don’t have that problem. They’re going to take what is theirs, rightfully theirs, and they’re not going to put up with being treated horribly in the workplace. So I do wonder if for the younger generations, that is a factor or Yeah, it’s so far. It’s so that that really stood out to me too. I’m glad we touched on that.

Akua Konadu
Yeah, well, I think to even like Gen Z in general, they just come from a place of curiosity, you know, because we all grew up and we were told this is the way to success. And some of us who were independent business owners, right like we questioned it eventually but they just doing it out the gate you know, they’re like, Well, why why is that the only road to success? You know what I mean? They are truly defying getting inspired all the time by Gen Z because they are truly changing the world. Honestly, I mean, you know, millennials, we set them up you know, let’s let’s least give credit where credit is due y’all. But you know, they’re taking it you know, they are they’re taking it to a whole new level and I love that they they question everything, they come from a place of curiosity. And I think that’s such a good reminder for us to always be coming from that always question it’s okay to question it’s okay to be curious and just ask, it’s always because what sometimes we are presented with is not the end all be all, but that was how society literally molded us so She militants. That’s what we’re all in debt. We went to college, we did the thing. I’m not using a degree that I went to school for it. And you know what I mean? Like, that’s life, which I’m grateful for the journey I truly am. But again, it was because I thought that was the right thing to do. And that wasn’t the best fit for me. So that’s my

Natalie Franke
grateful for the journey could have done without the student loans. But 1,000%

Akua Konadu
Yeah,

Natalie Franke
yeah. Ah, gosh, that’s good. Alright, statistic to you. Are you ready?

Akua Konadu
Here we go. Here we go. Okay, statistic to 72% of independents didn’t start their careers are aspiring to become a business owner. The benefits won them over and they chose to become entrepreneurs. So I just had to ask this question, Did you always know that you were going to become an entrepreneur? Or like, what nudge you towards becoming an independent business owner?

Natalie Franke
Yeah, no, I am very much in the 72% of folks that didn’t think they were going to start a business and then ended up starting a business, I would say, for the majority of you know, growing up, I thought I would go into some sort of professional fields. But no, never start my own thing. Now, that changed for me when I discovered photography, and simultaneously, the economy took a nosedive not to reveal my age too much. But I graduated from high school in 2008. And for folks that remember, you know, 2007 2008 2009, that is when we sort of entered that really, at least at the time, it was very scary, but that really swift recession in the economy. And I remember graduating from high school, heading into college and just witnessing layoffs, after layoffs after layoffs, and feeling sort of like, there might not be a job for me at the end of college, again, challenging these narratives that we had sort of been taught as millennials, like, if you go to college, you will have a job, that job will be better paying than if you didn’t go to college. Like that was sort of the, you know, the rule of thumb that was passed on. Now, we know that’s not inherently true. But I had believed that for a very long time. So the photography business that I started, kind of the end of high school, going into college, I thought would be a side hustle for me. But then as I’m going through college, I started to realize rather quickly, I don’t want to rely on, you know, going into a W two career path in this economy, like in this economy. In this economy. I didn’t, I didn’t want to deal with it. And I think I started to realize, Wow, maybe I don’t have to if I bet on myself, and I’m willing to do a little bit of hustling while I’m still going to school, which is what I did. You know, I’d study Monday through Friday in college. And then I would take the train home Friday evening, photograph weddings on Saturday, photographed engagement slash family sessions on Sunday and take the train back from 9am. On Monday, I did that for years. And because I did that I built a six figure business before I graduated. And when that time came to graduate, I was making more in my business than I would have gotten paid, you know, right out of school for a career in a multitude of different fields that I was potentially lined up to work in. So I didn’t always think I’d be an entrepreneur. But I do think that the economic headwinds kind of pushed my hand a little bit kind of nudged me in that direction.

Akua Konadu
Yeah. Oh, I love that. Also, too. I love her. You’re like, let me not age myself and you graduated in 2008. I graduate in 2006. So there was that?

Natalie Franke
I mean, I know. I know. Well, we’re lucky to be getting older, aren’t we? We’re lucky. That’s right. Exactly. changing how we talk about it. We’re lucky and you know, there we are lucky to be getting older. Let’s keep moving forward. Because we’re gonna be like a four hour episode. I love it. Yeah, I know. Statistic three, I want to do this one statistic three. Okay, out for a second, we’re gonna talk about the concerns that people have who have thought about going independent, you have thought about starting an independent business that came out of this survey, I find this so fascinating. So 62% of people who considered leaving their W two job to work for themselves. We’re worried about not making enough money. So over half of folks that are thinking about, okay, I want to go independent, they’re in that like, you know, percentage of the workforce that’s made that consideration 62% have been worried about not making enough money, and I get that as a business owner. I mean, I don’t have you experienced that. I feel like you’re always a little bit worried about cashflow

Akua Konadu
that I feel like that feeling never goes away. And you know, even when you are like you’re doing well, right, things are lining up and you’re having the income and but someday, you know, you have seasons seasons, are there times when you’re busy. And there are times where business is slow. And so I feel like that just never leaves but you adjust Right? Like you prepare your business for those seasons. So okay, I mean, of course, it’s always gonna be in the back of my mind, but I have a plan in place that’s gonna get me through the season. So then, you know, I’m ready for the next season. I think just like with the proper planning, but you just never it’s always there. It’s always in the back of my mind. What about you?

Natalie Franke
I have a hot take. I have a hot take on this. I think there’s a misperception that w two work is is guaranteed income. I think there is too much of a belief that this is reliable and safe to stay with the W two work. Whereas people view running a business as the biggest risk of all time, when we think about the fear of not having enough money in my head, I go, Well, I mean, when you run your own business, you can have five to six streams of revenue. I mean, it’s going to take a while to build that. Yeah. But if you needed to, you can have five or six streams of revenue. So if you’re not making enough money in stream one, you still have 23456. Whereas if you have one paycheck coming in, and you get laid off tomorrow, by no fault of your own, you now have zero streams of revenue coming in.

Akua Konadu
Yep. And that, and that is a it’s a mindset shift. It really is. Because there were times especially at the beginning of my business where I was like, Am I making the right decision here? Like, maybe I should go back to a job because I have a guaranteed paycheck, I have guaranteed benefits. And this is just something I just don’t have to worry about. Bo, especially when you’re not making enough, and you have to make ends meet. And you’re like, Okay, well, this paycheck, you’re like, you know, nickel and diming this paycheck, and then you’re trying to figure out, okay, well, I’m XYZ, I’m this amount short, what am I going to do? And as a business owner, we I don’t have to worry about that. Because I do I have different streams of income, to where I’m like, Okay, I now have two businesses. So I’m like, Alright, if this isn’t making a lot of money, it’s okay, like, I have something else to wear, I’m still fine. So it truly is a mindset shift that again, it’s a narrative that society has placed on us. And it is not easy to break out of it. Because we’re so comfortable with what’s being presented to us. And it’s hard to see what’s on the other side, unless you finally just take the leap and walk through it.

Natalie Franke
Yeah. And it’s been told to us by people that we love and often that we trust. I mean, you know, I think one of the things I have to remind myself of, especially when we have conversations around things like AI, right, is that the jobs of the past are not going to be the jobs of the future. Yes. And what worked in the past is not what’s working for millennials today. And it’s not going to be what works for my kids. My I have a four year old and I have a one and a half year old and things like college for us. Like we’ve had conversations where with my husband, we’re like, I don’t know if they’re going to need to go to college. Or if they do, it might be on the internet. And they might be like working and going to school at the same time. Or maybe it’s a totally different type of educational process for them. It may not make sense for them to take on student loans at all whatsoever. Gosh, I never had those conversations with my mom. Like that wasn’t a question. It was like, education is your only path? Yes. Take it, do it. Yep, do the thing. So I think that’s a huge part of this is right, we’re seeing these shifts, where it’s like the way we used to make money is no longer the way we’re making money, the way we’re making money today may still not be the way that two generations from now that they’re earning an income, we have no idea what’s down the road. But what we do know is that we can either cling to the comfortable of what others, even those that we’ve trusted, have said works for them. Or we can also keep our eyes open and reevaluate the possibilities for ourselves. And I think that’s what we’re starting to see with some of these statistics. Now, I do want to note some of the other concerns that people had. So concerns in leaving their job and becoming independent included things like, you know, 43%, were concerned about finding work or clients 41% were concerned about not knowing where to start or feeling overwhelmed, that’s relatable, I get that. Yeah, like a decade and a half in, I still feel that way. Sometimes. 36% said, the burden of administrative responsibilities that come with running a business, again, that’s a little over a third, I get that, you know, finance, marketing, taxes, accounting, all the things like it’s a lot to take on. And then 36% worried about the loss of health insurance, and benefits.

Akua Konadu
That one I thought was going to be a lot higher, I’m not gonna lie. I mean, that’s still a good chunk. But I definitely thought I was gonna be a lot higher because I even had a friend that said that she knows people who have gone back to w two were like working nine to five because of benefits, because it is the price to have health insurance is insane. And it truly, really is crazy. I mean, how much I pay per month for health insurance. Truly, it’s, it’s wild. And I know that there’s so many of us out there. And so I thought that one was going to be a I mean, 38. Like I said, 36% is still a big chunk, but I thought that it was gonna be way higher, because it is it’s hard trying to get health insurance as an independent business owner. And when you’re first starting out that is not at the top of your list, you are just trying to make money that is your main objective. So even trying to figure out the resources of how to get insurance is very overwhelming. And usually, for me, it was the last thing on my like buck on my list. I was like, I could care less. And it wasn’t until my family was like, No, you need to make this a priority. Like what are you doing? And I was like, okay, and I’m glad I did. But even just to find it was a little tricky, and I did eventually find a resource. But that’s again, going back to the fact of like government and society just can’t keep up with the evolution of entrepreneurship because these resources should be accessible immediately and it should not be difficult for me to find. But it took me a while to find it and so yeah, that’s just my two cents on that piece. I definitely I was gonna be way higher, but really into all of these things different, like you get nervous, like who’s gonna want to work with me, right? Finding clients like how do you start? It’s, it’s always hard. But when you get your first one though, you it’s like a snowball effect, you feel that momentum and you’re like, Alright, I got this. And so it’s again, just not knowing where to start, you just got to start, and then you it’ll direct your next step. That’s also too but so like, we’ve all been there, these steps like 100, and 1,000% relate to it. I think we all still experienced these throughout our journey, but you just have to go, just go. And like I said, people ask me, what’s the future, my business, I mean, I have no idea. And because I’m like, I’m just taking it a step at a time. And it’s led me through this beautiful journey hard, but beautiful journey. And I’m just gonna keep going that way, because I experience all these all the time.

Natalie Franke
Yes, and but I think you’re nailing something to here, which is like, people, I think all of us, you know, when we go especially if you’ve ever worked a full time job, you have all these benefits baked in. And so something like health care, which by the way, I would be curious to see that statistic parsed out between people who are married to a partner with with benefits, versus people who are not married in the United States, basically not having access to the benefits of their partner, which is like, I would be really curious to see if that, you know, 36% changed among those two populations. So that’s one that I’ll pass back on to the team. So I think we should look into that in future surveys. But speaking of benefits, you’re assuming all of those as an independent business owner, because as we’ve touched on, I feel like numerous times, this system was not built for you, as a business owner, this system was built for w two workers in the United States period. It has not kept up with the future of work. It’s one of the reasons we advocate so fiercely for the rights of independence, because we acknowledge things like you know, health care, insurance, you know, disability insurance, workers compensation, parental leave, retirement savings plans, all of those things are often attached to that w two work now, not for everyone, of course, but for a lot of people, the United States, they’re looking to their employer to give them access to all those perks and benefits. Which brings us to statistic number 480 4%

Akua Konadu
of independent business owners think there should be more government resources and financial assistance dedicated to supporting them. Do you agree? 1,000%. And I just I still don’t understand, I think for me, I don’t understand why these resources still aren’t available. Yes, a lot of these resources are known

Natalie Franke
to exist. We just don’t know, there’s not a wealth of like that awareness about it’s kind of hidden and hard to access.

Akua Konadu
Well, I feel like to, given the like, the amount of all of the issues the United States has, I feel like small business owners are just never a priority, which should be a priority, because small business owners truly feel the economy, they build communities, they are a core part of just the functionality of this country. And so I don’t understand, I think for me, that’s where I struggle, where I’m not understanding as to why the needs of small business owners are just not a priority for the government. But then it’s like, well, capitalism, obviously, right. Like, that’s just a whole a whole discussion within that. But it makes me sad. It’s really it’s frustrating. It really is because so many of us are still trying to figure it out, like and we learned, but it’s it’s overwhelming. It’s hard. And there’s so many different circumstances where people just need the resources. And again, they’re just not available, or they just don’t know. Yeah, so

Natalie Franke
yeah, we have a future episode coming up with Sharon McMahon of Sharon says so and also one with Danielle Coke. Oh, happy Dani, both episodes are so good. And they touch on this a little bit. And so I don’t want to take too much away from that episode. But one thing I’ll add here is, I think a lot of business owners don’t realize the power that they wield simply by having a business in their area. And when, you know, we sat down and had I had both of those conversations. And Miss Sharon, specifically, that whole episode is about how you have power. And so when we talk about, you know, we want our government resources, I do think it’s an opportunity for us to really call in our politicians, especially on the local level. And I mean, like literally calling them but also inviting them into discussions. If they’re going to pose with small business owners on Main Street and shake our hands for their ads, then they better have our back when it comes to legislation. And I think they need to know that we’re watching, I think they need to know that we need them to have our backs because the reality is we’re not a marketing ploy for a political campaign. We are the backbone of this country. And it is critical that our representatives understand what our needs are and understand that we are a diverse group of individuals with a diverse array of lived experiences, who are contributing to the health of this economy. And so, you know, we do so much that we need to ensure that our representatives know and so in these episodes, we talk about like what does it look like advocating for yourself? So this is something if you are one of those 84% of people that wishes that the government would do more for you, or even just you know, it’s basically like Giving you more visibility into what resources do exist. You know what laws are being updated things like that, then this is a great opportunity for you to remember you have power and you have a voice and that voice needs to be used. One of the things occurred that I want to touch on too in this section here on to the statistic around, you know, government resources. I found this really interesting from the Harris Poll 62% say the government does not do enough to improve access to affordable childcare.

Akua Konadu
I was gonna ask you a question about that. So just let him do it. Yeah. Because this was what I was saying, you know, I don’t have children. But I have a sibling who has four kids. And he has a W two worker, and but it just made me think about independent business owners, because are ready when the pandemic hit, and childcare was already a struggle, right. And I was already thinking about independent businesses who were already struggling before the pandemic, and then the pandemic happened. And I was like, how are they doing? I guess, what are you like? Do you have any insight in that just even share, because I just was like, childcare was already a big issue before. And so how people were weathering the storm throughout the pandemic? And now I don’t know. So I was really curious to know more of your thoughts on that.

Natalie Franke
Yeah, a couple of things. One, a couple of months ago, I posted on Instagram stories, and I just asked people to share with me what is keeping them up at night as a business owner? And I know we actually have some of those in this survey. But what was interesting is that at that point in time, inflation was number one. So inflation and economic headwinds. Now granted, this is like right at the start of those conversations being very top of mind. But number two was child care. And it just caught me off guard. I mean, I know it’s hard for me, I know it’s hard for a lot of folks I know with kids, I did not expect it to be such a vocally concerning concept for independent specifically. And when I double clicked in and I started to ask I posted the, you know, fill in the blank question box saying like, okay, a lot of people said child care, why did you say child care, I uncovered what is maybe very obvious to many, which is that if you work from home, you take on a disproportionate amount of the child care. So anytime a child is sick, you become the default, right to watch that child and juggle your work accordingly. You also have the most flexible schedule, which we’ve talked about people like want, and that’s why they go independent. But then the double edged sword of having that flexible schedules again, you become the one doing pickup and drop off. And when a kid gets sick, or you need to run something to school, like you become that default parent, because you’re not the one in an office. And when you add in the added cost of childcare, a lot of parents, especially for young kids, just decide, I’m not going to spend three quarters of the salary that I’m earning to have somebody else watch my child, I guess I’ll figure out how to do both. And I know a lot of business owners who do both and that it’s very, very, very difficult. It’s emotionally and physically very, very difficult to be a phenomenal parent and a phenomenal business owner at the exact same time. And so you don’t need to get into the mental health issues that I’ve experienced having too, you know, signing myself up for too much juggling too many things on my own. But I know it’s a shared experience. And so, you know, at first I was surprised. And then when I started to lean in, I realized, oh, wait, not just me. Like this is really a struggle for a lot of people, and especially a lot of people in the US. And so I get it, I really I really, really do get it.

Akua Konadu
Yeah, I’ve Well, number one small business owners, we deserve more. And honestly, if just even hearing that whole experience is just super eye opening. And if that’s you that’s struggling, as you’re listening to this, just know that you’re seen throughout this, like, you know, these these are the reason why we wanted to share these statistics with you guys is because you’re not the only person that’s going through this and we want more for small business owners, we know you do too. So really using this to empower and equip yourself even just what you shared about the two episodes that are coming out with Sharon and Danielle have like there is power in your voice. So we this that’s what the purpose of this podcast is here for to equip you these resources that weren’t here when we first started. They’re here now for everybody to access, like, it is accessible to everybody. So I’m just excited for this podcast. I am excited for the stats. And if you’re listening, I hope you feel just as excited as we are as well because you deserve more. You deserve more. You deserve to be able to have it all to be a present parent, and to be an amazing badass business owner. You deserve it. You shouldn’t have to choose we shouldn’t have to choose. It shouldn’t have to be or if you know what I mean, like this or that it should not have to be that and we don’t and we deserve more. That’s that’s uh, I’m on my soapbox y’all. Sorry. I’m just it makes me mad. Just want to drop

Natalie Franke
this mic without breaking it. But I know Akua done. Yes.

Akua Konadu
It’s so true. Like we deserve more. And again, like that’s, that’s something even just with my own journey. I’m really thinking about it. I don’t I don’t have to choose. I can have everything that I desire. And every single one of us deserve that no matter what our life looks like. And so I’m really, really excited for this podcast because we go there we talk about these issues that are present that we’re all experiencing currently. And together we You’re just much more powerful. So we are in this together, you are not alone. And I’m excited to for all of these episodes to roll out so

Natalie Franke
much goodness coming. There’s so much good timing. But speaking of like deserving better, one of the statistics that made me feel really hopeful out of this survey, like very, very, very hopeful was the fact that 92% of independent business owners agree that their overall quality of life has improved, since they started working for themselves. 92% of business owners agree that their quality of life improved. That’s huge, huge.

Akua Konadu
I’m in that 92%

Natalie Franke
What do you think changed for you? Like, what were just some of the quick things that looking back, you’re like, Wow, that was a huge shift for me on a quality of life level. Oh, my gosh, I

Akua Konadu
think just number one, just being myself, that was just freeing for me, like I said, as just with my experience with experiencing micro aggressions in the workplace, and just constantly being dismissed, it was just exhausting. And to be working with clients who saw my gifts and saw what I brought to the table, and I didn’t have to fight to be seen. It was just such a freeing experience. And some that we just really take for granted, especially in you know, working in corporate spaces, you gotta get the approval of so many things and people and I don’t have to re like I get to choose with the people that I want to work with. And they are people who appreciate me, my personality, my quirks, the way that I view things, they believe in me and the services that I provide, because they know that it’s going to be able to help them. And so it also to really built up my confidence and my mental health in that sense, as well of just being much more sure and who I am and how I want to show up in this world. I’m just like, who is Akua. And like, I, my our businesses are an extension of who we are, right. And so I just, it’s just all around, I feel so much more confident in how I show up in all of my relationships. And I’ve just been much more intentional with the people that I care about. Because it’s even with my business, right, you have to pay attention to more client details, that client relationship, those things really matter. And it’s like literally flowed into my own personal life of how I want other people to be seen, just like how I make my clients feel seen. And I mean, it just it just trickles down into so many different things when you have one good thing that’s going so well. It trickles down into other areas of your life. And it’s such a beautiful thing. So for me and just having more time just having more time to do the things that truly bring me joy that fill up my cup. I like that and I all I need is my laptop, to go and travel to go do different things that I want to do. I’m not limited by my you know what I mean being hunkered down at my desk every day or in an office, I can go live a life that I want to live and still be able to make the impact that I want to make. So I love it.

Natalie Franke
That alone though is like a little bit of I feel like an unlearning. Like, yeah, what I mean by that is if you come from, you know, any kind of structured environment where like, this is how it’s supposed to be, you almost have to untrain yourself as a business owner to be like, I don’t have to work at a desk in front of my computer all day. I could work from a coffee shop, I could co work with a friend, I something as simple as that is just like when you actually start to realize I work remotely I could work from anywhere, you know, like Yeah, what it is game changing for so many people who otherwise have felt very trapped by this, like homogenous like you show up at this time you work at this desk till this time you get 30 minutes for lunch. When you run your own business. You do get to make those decisions. Right. And unless, you know the other double edged sword of that, though, is that a lot of us the meanest bosses we’ve ever had. So yeah, it also comes with some need for some personal development on loving yourself and giving grants and not making yourself skip lunch. Like at least give yourself a 30 minutes of lunch because some of us I’m looking at you if you if you feel personally attacked by this are the bosses that push ourselves a little bit too hard. But the point being, you know, having that freedom and unlearning some of those like this is how it’s supposed to be don’t run your business like a corporation.

Akua Konadu
Right? Yeah, yeah, exactly. And that’s the unlearning is such a critical piece because for me, I do not function early in the morning. I do not work early in the morning. And for the longest time, I would force myself to get up at eight, like 7am Trying to be at my desk at eight wouldn’t even start working till noon. So then I finally clicked to me, I’m like, Akua, you were much more productive in the late afternoon. So I just had to let that go. I literally was in therapy. And I was like, I’m trying so hard to my therapist was like, you work for yourself, don’t you? And I was like, Oh my gosh. What? Right? It just was like a big aha moment. And I was like, You are right. So then now I don’t take meetings on a certain day anymore. And now I don’t my day starts literally at 10am That’s when all of you guys get my voice notes. Natalie, you do get early ones like alright, like

Natalie Franke
9pm I love ya 9pm ones where you’re like Iris We’ve already I

Akua Konadu
know, I’m like, I’m sorry, but I’m working right now. So but it works for me because and that’s how I’m most productive. And so again, it’s this narrative that in order to be successful, you ha ve to get up at 4am. Or, you know, you have to be at work by 8am. And not everybody functions that way. And I don’t. But I’m curious for you, what was your unlearning moment like your aha moment that you had,

Natalie Franke
in your, all of this, all of this, I mean, we’re touching on it. Look, I’m neurodivergent, I have ADHD, if you listen to the show, you’re gonna hear me, you know, share some of that experience, time and time again, because it’s so critical to both what makes me successful, but also how I’ve had to navigate the world. And one of those things, because we were talking right for this podcast, I said, I had to go for a walk today, I had to stop my meetings, and physically move my body, I now have a standing desk with a walking path. And no, it’s not just for physical health, like, my brain requires a different way of working, I have to be constantly moving, I will sometimes have like, white noise in the background, while I’m working. I, you know, have specific playlists and rituals that helped me to get into the groove. And all of that, for me was, I think, you know, I had a unique experience, from the sense of I went from independent to then working for a company. So I almost went the other way, where I never learned how you’re supposed to do things. And I’ve been really fortunate to be able to work somewhere now where I can say to my boss, like, Hey, I’m gonna step out and I’m gonna go for a walk, because I need the mental space. And he’s like, good for you. Sounds great. Amazing, thank you, you know, but in my bed, just the permission, I think a lot of us just need that reminder that when you run your own business, you don’t need to wait for somebody else’s permission to run it the way that you need it to be run. And that can mean taking more rest. You don’t have to work nine to five, Monday through Friday period, you could if you can accomplish your tasks in three days a week, there are business owners that run very successful, very profitable businesses three days a week, you also don’t have to set the same revenue goals that somebody else has to set that was an eye opening one for me like you don’t the chase the six figure mark the seven figure mark the eight figure mark? No, if you only you know, set a mark that other people, it doesn’t matter, you choose it, choose to set a revenue mark that you can live with that brings you the holistic life you want. And that might mean, you know, success for you could look like working three days a week and bringing in, you know, 50k a year. And that is exactly what you want. And that is success. And it’s about defining it on your own terms and not, you know, deciding that you have to hit a certain revenue number, because so and so said, that’s what you have to hit to be successful as a graphic designer, or a consultant or a photographer. No, no, no. Again, like we got this keeps coming up. But like we touched on, sometimes there are things in our lives that are far more important to us than money. For me, it’s time time is my most precious currency. You’ve heard me say this. And so when I have to choose between money and time, I have goals with money, where I’ve gotta hit it. But once I hit that for my family, and we can support ourselves, the choice tips to time. So, you know, I think it’s about redefining success. Maybe that was the biggest learning was redefining success. And then also, you know, not having to feel this pressure to be perfect all the time was exactly still is a work in progress every year still is a journey.

Akua Konadu
Exactly. I think I this just popped into my head too. We wanted to start our businesses because we wanted to stand out in some way. And for some odd reason, when we become business owners, and we see what other business owners are doing, all of a sudden, now we want to be just like them, right? We start comparing and all of this and that. But it’s like, isn’t the reason why we started in the first place was because we wanted to stand out. But it’s so just again, how we are just that mindset, how we end up getting in these mind traps of all of a sudden now that we have our own business, and we’re like, okay, great, I’m starting out. This is me, I’m out here doing my own thing standing out. And then all of a sudden, we instantly want to fall back, make ourselves small and do what anybody else is doing. Right? Like it’s just, it’s wild to me how we think that way. And because I just think of like in my nine to five, I just I wanted to do what everybody else is doing all constantly. And I was like, I’m tired of that. I’m starting my own business. And I found myself right back in that mental trap. It’s a cycle. And that’s something I’ve also had to learn defining success in your own way. That also too is like a lot of unlearning as well, but that just popped into my head.

Natalie Franke
Well, speaking of the pain points, this is a perfect segue that independent business owners are facing statistics 670 8% 78% of independent business owners said running a business comes with more challenges than they anticipated. Doesn’t it? But yes, yep. Oh, some of the most common challenges faced are 41% Say staying on top of all the administrative tasks that go into running a business that for me personally was a struggle 36% Say pricing their services who big when they’re 35% Say finding and booking new leads 32% setting and maintaining work life boundaries and 23% say clients ghosting them. The big kind of like too long don’t read to Dr overview of this as it is so much harder than you think it’s going to be even when you expect it to be hard.

Akua Konadu
Yes. Because the curveballs, like what you thought was going to be hard, or what you thought was going to be roadblock is not even the roadblock at all, I will say for myself, the admin task and just you know, getting organized, that was like the last on my list, again, just trying to hurry up and make money to supplement my income. And I knew I needed to do these things. But I didn’t want to do them. But my business suffered for it. And the thing is to like, it’s not sexy being or like, you know, the organization, client flows, those types of things. That’s not the sexy popular topics. But it is the most crucial topics to build a sustainable business. And I had to learn that the hard way. And now I am all about client flows, all of different types of things of how can I make my experience with my client the best as possible, because I want them to come back. And also to I don’t, I shouldn’t have to be tied to my desk and my computer every single day to send a simple email. So just knock out these admin tasks as quickly as possible and go live your life because your business will thank you for it. making that a priority, then you realize when you finally do it, and like automate your business and do these different types of things get organized. You were like, Why didn’t I do this sooner, I suffered for nothing, for nothing. So if that is you put that at the top of your list, please, you will save yourself later. And your business will thank you.

Natalie Franke
If you take one thing away from this entire podcast be let it be what Akua just told you just take her advice and run with it. Because the excuse we are all the time is I don’t have time, I don’t have time to get organized. I don’t have time to set up automated workflows, I don’t have time to streamline my client flow. I don’t have time I don’t have time. The point here is you can’t afford not to you don’t have the time to not do it. Because if you don’t do it today, what actually happens is you’re seeing a compounding effect. And you know, I talked about this a couple weeks ago, if you waste 45 minutes a day on inefficient client flow aspects of your business. So we’re talking organization, it can be anything, any aspect of your business that you are wasting 45 minutes a day, which doesn’t sound like a lot. I mean, and we and a lot of us do waste well more than 48 hours or 45 minutes, sorry a day. Because we’re you know, not automating something that could be automated. We’re not creating a template that could be templatized. We’re not outsourcing or, you know, thinking like the CEO, we’re still trying to cling to every responsibility and task and do it manually. 45 minutes a day over the course of your career is over a year of your life, you will never get back. Woof. So don’t tell me you don’t have time to fix it today. You don’t have time to spend your entire career wasting those 45 minutes a day and lose a year with the people that you love. We’ll leave it there and keep flying into you know, statistic number seven, you want to take this one

Akua Konadu
stat Yeah. Yep. So what is really keeping independent business owners up at night, more than three in 10 independent business owners say that making an error that causes them to lose business, keep them up at night. Slightly more this was this is like this was who was really good slightly more than one quarter 27% Say dropping the ball and letting clients down. Also make them toss and turn. And I felt like that. That’s me too. That’s the worst. The worst.

Natalie Franke
I still have nightmares I still. So I haven’t photographed a wedding now in four years, but I did it for almost a decade. For folks who don’t know my background. I was a wedding photographer for eight years. And it’s been four years since I photographed my last wedding. I still have nightmares. I still have nightmares of waking up and like I missed a wedding or showed up without memory cards or I dropped the ball because I double booked myself I still it’s like the you know, the classic pop quiz nightmare that people have years later after school and maybe it’s just me firstborn child. Enneagram three overachiever. But I have those nightmares that I dropped the ball even now, years later, like it really haunts us, it really weighs us down.

Akua Konadu
Yes, because we want to do a good job right? Like we want to be able to just I want people to say good things about me and my brand when I’m not in the room. So I really want to make sure that I’m providing the best experience but I have dropped the ball like the reason why I automate now is because I hate emails. And I do not respond quickly to emails. And it’s true. I do not enjoy anybody who knows me and who has worked with me I send voice notes. Family Friends, everybody shaking their head because it’s just quick for me. I send ridiculous amount of voice notes and so for me emails are just not my thing. But that was why I had to automate it because I have lost business because I have not responded quickly to voice notes. Not her looking at how sorry not to not to I’m about to call you out emails, not her looking up to see how many voicemails I’ve sent her recently.

Natalie Franke
Can we get that on the screen? Hold on one important way. Okay, this is my texts read with a Cuba for those of you who are watching this on YouTube are important. It is a full screen from top to bottom, okay of a tank top to bottom. Okay, one minute and 56 seconds, 49 seconds, two minutes, 15 seconds, one minute, 59 seconds, two minutes and 15 120 240-651-4029 One minute I could literally and I also can keep scrolling and there’s more. So she’s not messing around. She’s a voice I’m not.

Akua Konadu
But I just want to say it was really quick. And yes, that actually could have been an email Honestly, when I really thought about it. So that’s my bad. But

Natalie Franke
also notice I still haven’t listened to them.

Akua Konadu
She has not I eventually had to tell her in person what they were. And so when you’re not able to do that, to me, people are like, Girl, just just tell me what you said. And I’m like, Alright, fine. Have chat. JpT do it for you. Oh my gosh, that would be amazing. Yes, there we go. But that’s my point, right? Like being organized emails are not my thing. So now I automate certain certain things with emails, right? I create those templates that I can just hit a button and send and boom, done. And that has been such a game changer for my business. It is aided in just the client experience, because they’re like, oh, my gosh, you’re responding so quickly. And I’m like, Yeah, because I already had this template created. I mean, I don’t say that to them. But it makes me feel super good. And I’m not dropping the ball anymore on something that was so simple, like a lot of time for very simple things, minor tweaks in our businesses that can just make all the world of a difference. And so yeah, emails. Oh, you just put my business out there girl like that. I’m cackling

Natalie Franke
Hey, you told me to keep it real. So I’m just very good. You’re telling the truth when you say

Akua Konadu
she gets a lot. She deals with a lot. Girl. That was the

Natalie Franke
only time I haven’t listened. I was just too many. I think my brain went into like, you know, i What is it called procrastination mode. I’m like, I’ll listen to it eventually. And then we had a call and

Akua Konadu
recapped it but I just let it go. You just let them go.

Natalie Franke
We keep going all day statistic. Eight statistic a one in five independent business owner speaking of organization has lost money due to a lack of organization, one in five has lost money.

Akua Konadu
I have I absolutely have I think all of us have at some point in time. And you learn your lesson, right? Like, when these types of things happen. You have to have grace for yourself. Because I think being a business owner, I have learned so much about myself as a person, and just how I operate and how I show up in the world. So that has happened to me and I felt like crap, sobbed, felt horrible. But then I realized I’m like, okay, a COA. Like this was a minor setback. This was a failure. What will I do better this next time? And how can I make it up to that client, but then also moving forward for future clients to make sure that they don’t, nothing like this ever happens again, it’s a hard pill to swallow. But it’s a really humbling experience. And it’s so so important client relationships, truly, because a lot of my inquiries are word of mouth. That’s how I truly get a lot of my business because people like me, and I like them. And so it’s great. It works out, you know what I mean? But it’s because I invested in those relationships. I’ve been intentional with organizing, to be able to communicate to them effectively. So

Natalie Franke
yeah, can I share something really embarrassing with you that I haven’t even told my husband? Oh, my gosh, yes. About this about being one in five because I’m also one of the one in five and as you

Akua Konadu
were 20 He’s gonna humble you again. He will listen,

Natalie Franke
he’s gonna He’s gonna listen to every episode of this podcast with a notepad and give me feedback. Very honest feedback. We like to say who keeps me humble, very humble. So this is really embarrassing. Whew, I love you. Please don’t get mad at me. Um, I am one of the one in five who’s lost money due to lack of organization. So like I mentioned, it’s been four years since I photographed my last wedding. And I was recently going through a camera bag getting ready to sell it, like basically trying to sell off some of my old gear. And I found an $800 Check in the pocket in my camera bag.

Akua Konadu
You weren’t gonna hear from this man immediately.

Natalie Franke
Yeah. Oh. But I’m telling it. Okay. That’s like really embarrassing. But yeah, must have it was an it was for like a portrait shoot. It was. And I must have just put it in the camera bag being like, Oh, I’ll run to the bank later. And it’s like, five, six years old. I didn’t even I just forgot. And so it’s so embarrassing, because you’re like, how do you forget? Well, if any, any photographer by the way, who’s been in the midst of wedding season, doing 39 weddings a year and shooting a bajillion portrait sessions probably is going to at some point, I’m mortified. But that’s because I didn’t back then. Like I was still accepting checks back then things weren’t automated clients weren’t setting up auto pay, and breaking up everything into payment plans. My cash flow was like seasonality, you know, like they were prone to the year where I wouldn’t get a check for, you know, two months at a time and seasons where it was like, that’s when I got paid. It wasn’t this world we live in now where your client flow can be so automated that, you know, you’re breaking something up into micro payments, you’re getting cash flow throughout the year, you have so much more visibility and flexibility into where your money is coming from. I know again, I’m dating myself as a business owner, but that is so mortifying. So I’m one of the one in five and that and I I was not going to go awkward to share that you reminded me and I was like, You know what? We’re gonna go there? We’re gonna do it. Yeah, if you’ve ever done something really dumb like that,

Akua Konadu
but have grace for yourself. I mean, you know what I mean? Like, I mean, you ain’t getting them $100 back, but you know. But you know. I mean, why don’t want to say that could never be me, but

Natalie Franke
I’m gonna get a bill. I’m gonna get a bill from my husband for his half of that watch right now. He’s gonna invoice me for 400 He’s gonna be like you right?

Akua Konadu
Anything that you knew I stand by you for that. All right, my school support. But I mean, yes. You know, at the end of the day, you’re human. Thank you for sharing. Number one

Natalie Franke
that’s gonna get me blasted. I’m going to be put on blast for that one. We know that’s going to happen. But look, I promise to be honest. And that’s something that I did. And you know, we can blame it on whatever busy nose Yeah, HD but it got shoved deep into some pocket in a camera bag. And, you know, five years later, I’m realizing that I but that was my fault. I thought no one else is that’s me. Yes. Running a business. Like that stuff. Yeah.

Akua Konadu
And, and despite the fact that you just figured it out, like you just found it recently. You still learn regardless. Adolescence, you think you’re, you know,

Natalie Franke
Year three or four. You’re like, I’ve learned it all. Year 15 you’re still uncovering that unique technology, maybe a little bit more than you did.

Akua Konadu
Yeah. So Okay, girl, we love you still regardless.

Natalie Franke
All right, let’s let’s lean in here to statistic nine closing out our top statistics you need to know as an independent businessman, so fun. You want to cover the last one?

Akua Konadu
Yes. So how are business owners feeling about the current state of their business and the economy. So nearly two thirds about 65% anticipate that their net revenue will increase in the next year. And the majority of independents 82% have taken or plan to take steps to ensure that it does. So the different areas that they’re investing in their business, which I flippin loved this social media and or advertising, 39% hiring staff or additional support 26% 26% of independent business owners as well are outsourcing more tasks. And 23% are securing external financing. Yes, yeah. makes me so excited.

Natalie Franke
I love this. I think you know, this is something that there, look, there’s always going to be a lot of uncertainty about the future. And you know, the fact that nearly two thirds expect their business to grow their revenue to increase even though we’re having conversations around a recessionary period and inflation. You know, I it just shows you how resilient and adaptable this community is, like how truly optimistic and skilled and talented and hardworking and it’s just, it’s an inspiring space to be where people truly have the ability to, you know, carve out their own corner of the world and their own impact.

Akua Konadu
Well, just the fact that resiliency, I’m like a recession where because people are out here making their money, you know what I mean? Like building a sustainable business that is here five years from now, 10 years from now. And like, the things that people are investing in even myself, I just finally hired a VA and I know that such like a small thing like outsourcing. But she’s amazing. And it’s already making such a big impact on my business to where I’m literally thinking, why didn’t I do that sooner? You know what I mean? It’s like, I can’t do everything myself. And if I want to continue a business that’s making an impact and changing lives, I can’t do it alone. So these are things that I’m valuing also to people that are investing more on social media just as a storytelling strategist, that brings me joy of like, how people are seeing the benefits of it, even despite throughout the throughout the challenges that social media right now currently has, people are still investing and still showing up to get their voice out there. So like, I love seeing just all of these things of the action and the plan that people are taking to ensure that their business is going to be here tomorrow.

Natalie Franke
I love it. It’s like Donald Miller said in one of our first episodes, he said, You know, there’s never really a bad time to start a good business. And, you know, leaning into this idea of like, if you have a good business idea, if you’re serving your clients, well, if you’re prioritizing, creating that like really extraordinary experience. The world is your oyster, like you really have the ability to go out and to generate the revenue you want to generate to grow the business to bring build a team and bring others up with you like the possibilities are endless when you have a good business. And it’s just an encouraging way to close out this little bonus episode.

Akua Konadu
Yeah, this has been a blast. I hope you enjoy just as much as we have. And hopefully that you feel good about hearing these statistics and just take this and run with it. You know, keep moving forward in your business and know that we got you we are here supporting you and cheering you on. And let’s continue to just make an impact with those around us in our communities.

Natalie Franke
Absolutely. And as always, you know, we’re gonna include all of these stats in the show notes to the show. So if you go to podcast at honey book.com You’ll be able to To see all of these stats, pull them, use them, feel free to let us know if there are other areas you want us to research. This is another, you know, kind of open ended question that I have for everybody let us know let us know if there’s an area today they’re like, I want to double click in there. I think we need more research here. This would help me in my business helped me to feel less alone. We’re here for you. That’s what this podcast is all about where your champions and your advocates as a suicide and we’re fighting for you. So I really hope this gave you a little bit of hope and also an understanding that you’re not alone. This was fun. We got to do this again. ACOA.

Akua Konadu
Yes, thanks for having me out.

Natalie Franke
That ends our episode of The Independent Business Podcast. Everything that we’ve discussed today can be [email protected]. Head to our website for access to show notes, relevant links and all of the resources that you need to level up. And if you’ve enjoyed today’s episode, be sure to subscribe to the podcast so that you never miss our future content. Drop us a review and leave our guests some love on social. Thanks again for listening.

Episode 4 transcript: How to change the world from where you are now with Danielle Coke

Natalie Franke
Can you really use your business to change the world? That is the question we are asking and my extraordinary guest Danielle Coke is answering in today’s episode of The Independent Business Podcast. Danielle Coke is a designer turned illustrator, advocate, speaker and entrepreneur. She’s the founder of Oh, happy Dani, a lifestyle brand and educational platform that uses artwork, and resources to encourage hope, inspire justice, and make complex ideas so much more accessible. She’s driven by her desire to help everyday advocates do good daily in their spheres of influence, and use their passions, their skills to change the world. Danielle also has a passion for helping brands to deliver their messaging with light and truth and to make an impact. She’s worked with companies like Target, Adobe, the Home Depot, Dell, and metta. She’s also served around organizations like the NAACP, the Boys and Girls Club of America and other Nonprofits and Charities within her hometown of Atlanta. I had the opportunity to meet Danielle and hear her speak last year on the show at Spark stage. And I can tell you that her talk was so deeply transformative to every single person in that audience. It is my great joy, my great honor and privilege to have the opportunity to sit down with her today and bring her genius, her passion, her artistry to the independent business podcast.

Natalie Franke
Hey, everyone, this is your host, Natalie Frank, and you’re listening to the independent business podcast, more people than ever are working for themselves and building profitable businesses in the process. So on this show, I sit down with some of the most influential authors, entrepreneurs and creators to break down the science of self made success so that you can achieve victory.

Natalie Franke
Danielle, thank you so much for joining me. I am honored, honored to have you here.

Danielle Coke
I’m so excited. I think you’re the best. I think you’re really kind and really brilliant. And so I’m very excited to be able to do this together.

Natalie Franke
Oh, well, thank you. i The first time I heard you speak on a stage was just a couple months ago. And I have to be honest, I think you rattled the whole room. Like, there was power. There was emotion, there was brilliance there was like I sat there. And the whole time I felt like I just wanted to be scribbling quotes down, like as you were onstage like, oh, mic drop, and then another and another. And I’m like, we don’t have as many mics to be dropped right now. Like, I just couldn’t even handle it. So the fact that you suggest to come on this podcast, I just want to say thank you. Thank you. Thank you, thank you. And for anyone who, you know, maybe doesn’t know your story, I bet though they’ve seen your work, they’ve seen your art. If they haven’t, then they’re probably not on the internet, because it has been so impactful, so deeply impactful over the past couple of years. And so I would love to kind of kick us off there in sharing, you know, how has your journey unfolded? And how have you used art throughout that journey to make an impact? Yes.

Danielle Coke
best intro ever. By the way, thank you so much. I think the journey was very unexpected, very wild. I think it’s started really, and you’ve heard part of the story already. But it started back when I was working at the last full time job I ever had. It was also my very first full time job. And I had already been super passionate about justice and equity. And I wanted to bring that energy into my job, which was at a small event planning agency in a small town. And I was the only black woman on staff, which was not abnormal for me, like my life has looked like that based on where I grew up. So being there, the sweetest people a lovely environment, but just so painfully unaware of the implications of not being knowledgeable about race, and those kinds of conversations that come out of that. And I experienced a lot of different situations that put me in an uncomfortable position because of that. And so I talked to my boss, and I wanted to set some time up to just be like, Hey, would you be willing to maybe bring in a speaker like we were in Atlanta, it’s the mecca of black owned di, justice, lead organizations. And I was just kind of like, yeah, there’s just so many opportunities to bring somebody in, or maybe we could, I don’t know, do a class or training. And he basically said to me that he is not passionate about that. And he’s not interested in that. And he doesn’t see why he would spend company money or time investing into something he is not passionate about. And so me a person very passionate about it, and also an employee in his business was like, wow, you may care about my output, but you don’t care about me. I As an individual, and all that that entails. And so I don’t feel like I can actually grow here as a person, or a professional, if I’m not being thoughtful in that way. So I decided to quit. So I saved up some paychecks. And I started a small business on the side, it’s called so happy social. And the purpose of the business was to help positive mission based brands use social media for maximum impact. And I really wanted to focus on those brands, because they were so busy on the ground doing that incredible work, they weren’t worried about if their fees were ascetically pleasing, or, you know, anything like that. So I wanted to just come in and help him that way. And I thought that would be my contribution. And so I did that for a little while. And then I picked up art, this was all in the year 2019. So I picked up art on the iPad digital art, at the end of that year, and I had always been super creative and into art, digital art was just a new medium. And so I wanted to kind of make art to speak to the kind of people that I, you know, worked with at one point who I felt like could benefit from that additional knowledge of like, Justice concepts and race and just things that I wish people understood more. So I made these little graphics, mostly just speaking to the people that already followed me, which was around 700 people at that time in December of 2019. And, yeah, I would make art that talked about the dangers of the seeing and color or not seeing color mentality and how it’s important. So see, see color, obviously. And then other things like that I talked about microaggressions, I talked about the importance of empathy and the role that that plays in justice work. And I would just make it pretty, and I would draw it. And I posted it online, and was very surprised when people I didn’t know started to share it. And I’ve worked for social media accounts for all sorts of brands, but I just never pictured that this would be my story. So long story short, I would share them, people would share them to the art started to pick up. And then during summer of 2020, when we all know what happened in summer of 2020. You know, the deaths of Breanna Taylor, Ahmaud Arbery, George Floyd became center stage. And we started talking about racial justice in a whole new way. Well, a bigger way. And my art went viral about 300,000 followers in one week. Wow. Which was unbelievable. Yeah, unbelievable. I wouldn’t recommend necessarily, but ever since then, people have been interacting with the artwork, because I feel like it takes complex ideas and makes them more accessible for the everyday person. And the goal is never to dumb anything down. It’s to make it more approachable and recognize that people are entering these conversations at many different points of life. And they all deserve the chance to come into contact with information in a way that is most accessible to them. So yeah, that’s kind of the story.

Natalie Franke
That’s beautiful. That’s really beautiful. And you do such an exceptional job of all of the things that you’ve described. I’m curious if because you mentioned even like, went viral 300,000 followers, like just this rapid, expansive growth in a short amount of time and you joked, like, wouldn’t recommend I met there are a lot of learnings that you’ve had that go have gone alongside that impact that’s been made. So I’m curious if you’d be open to sharing some of those, like, what are some of those learnings that you’ve had about the impact or alongside the impact? The Good, The Bad? Anything that you’re open to sharing? Yeah,

Danielle Coke
sure. So I think one thing that I had to make known very quickly, was that I’m not a resource, I’m a person, because the content and the art that I would create was very, from a very specific vantage point. It was from, you know, my young, black female voice. And so and, you know, also there was faith tied into there, and just many different aspects that make up who I am as an individual. And so people would come and be like, I don’t appreciate this, because this doesn’t take into account my worldview. And I was like, that’s not what I’m trying to do. You know, I’m a person, not a textbook, you can find all the information that I’m sharing in a way that reaches your specific, you know, point in context, if you want to Google it. But like, for me, that was just a part of staying true to who I am as a creator is to not leave my individuality and my personality on the table in order to appease the masses. It was important for me to maintain my personhood, and not just because that helped with my creativity, but also because it helped with staying on top of all of this staying alive in this wild landscape of people wanting all this information so quickly, and it felt like we were in the middle of a revolution of some kind, like a huge racial reckoning is what it felt like at the time. And so I didn’t want to get swept away in the current of people focusing on what was trending at the Time and wanting to extract as much as they could out of me. So that was one thing. And the second thing I learned was how to build up boundaries. So I’m not flooded with abuse. So very early on very abusive comments, messages, emails, people were sending me 20 Page letters about why they disagree with me. And there was so much love, of course, the love greatly outweighed the hate, but there was hate. And so I immediately limited my comments to followers only. And it’s like that to this day. Because this is a conversation for another day. But the hate I’m experiencing in the year 2023 is neck and neck with the hate from 2020, which is a whole, that’s a whole conversation that I haven’t even started having yet, anywhere. But I’ll just throw that out there to show the how the landscape is changing, and it feels very cyclical. But yeah, I just had to do many things to protect my my well being and my peace of mind. So those are two things that I immediately implemented,

Natalie Franke
which is so important. So many business owners and creatives and artists and recovering people pleasers in general struggle a lot with setting boundaries, they struggle a lot with even doing any of the steps you just mentioned. It’s it can be terrifying. And it shouldn’t be to take care of yourself to honor your needs, and to put those needs first before people that do not deserve to have access to your time and to cause harm. And yet it is it feels impossible in a world that just expects the opposite of us. Yeah. And so I hope that really resonates with business owners listening to who maybe need to set some of those boundaries, and can feel good in doing so can feel strong and doing so. I am curious, this is a question that I will say the team all of us behind the scenes, were like, Can we ask this? Is this going too deep, but in a good way, now that you have had this growth now that you have kind of expanded both creatively and through your business? I’m really curious. How do you feel about the responsibility now that you that perhaps, does or is perceived to sit upon your shoulders? Because of the impact that you’ve had? How does that feel to have people looking to you, you know, every time something happens in the world and wanting to know, you know, how are you going to talk about it? Are you going to talk about it? That immense amount of pressure and eyes and attention? How do you feel? How are you doing? Really?

Danielle Coke
Yes, I will say that at the beginning, it was it felt like it wasn’t too heavy, because I was coasting alongside all these other people doing similar work at the same time. And we were driven at each other and we were cheering each other on rock. Yeah, we can just we talk about these hard things. And eventually, it became crippling to feel like I had to be that person to either say something new, or speak to all the trending topics and everything that was going on in the world. I’ll remember when a story first came out about civil unrest in another country. I had this specific situation has been going on for years and years and years. But I had very, very, very limited context, not because I didn’t care, but because I live here. And so I just didn’t know. And so when that happens, of course, we learn, we take in information. And we’re like, okay, I need to sit with this new thing. I need to get a grasp on what’s going on. So I can have an informed opinion and know the facts. But there was a moment where I was flooded with all of these opinions in my inbox of people saying, You clearly don’t care, like you act like you do if you’re not speaking about this specific thing in this specific country. And that taught me a huge lesson. Firstly, that there’s nothing wrong with knowing your lane and occupying it. But also, you can never be all things to all people at all times, there will always be somebody who’s disappointed. And the responsibility is not on me to speak to all things at all times. Because that’s what community is four. That’s what the collective is for. That’s why we lean on other people. And we learn from other people and we amplify each other’s voices because I cannot be the resident expert on things that I have no context on, because knowledge and context are two different things. That’s a whole other thing. But yes, when I just decided I’m going to stand on this truth in this reality, because I will never go to someone else and say you post about all these good things that you’re doing Let’s say it’s another activist, you do such good work here. But how dare you not speak to this thing here and all of the other things as if this person is not a human being. So that was the, that was the lesson that I learned early on. And then I took the pressure off myself, to feel as though I always had to say something new. Because, in reality, I wasn’t actually saying something brand new every time I said something, I think a lot of what I do, and what I aim to do with the future of this work is reimagination. So taking things that have already been said, quoting and giving credit to who said it, but also breathing new life into the concept with my own skills, talent and specific worldview, and then bringing that to life in my own creative way. I think that’s beautiful. Also, because not a lot of things that we think are new and brand new, and we’re the first to do it, it’s often not actually the case. And while we are creative, and have initiative and do bring new things to life, sometimes, it’s not possible to always be saying something brand new. So I just took the pressure off of myself and reminding myself the point isn’t to make much of me anyway, in the work that I’m doing is to make much of the topic, it’s to highlight the issues, it’s to highlight the change that’s needed. And so that shift helped me take the pressure off myself to appear new and on top of things, and just to be human, and stay in my lane. But not closing myself off to empathy and caring and feeling and learning about things outside of myself. Bow, it’s a balance.

Natalie Franke
I needed that. I’m sure a lot of folks listening also needed that reminder. And speaking of our listeners, look, I have four we hopped on, you know, I mentioned that independent business owners care a lot about their communities, they care a lot about the world around them, they care a lot about social justice issues, they care a lot about the environment, they care a lot about, you know, the infrastructure of the government, and the ways that they are and often are not supported. They care about a lot of things. And yet, sometimes it can feel impossible to change the world from where you are. But you are an example of someone who as a designer, turned illustrator turned entrepreneur, you’ve had done that you’ve truly done that, I have no doubt in my mind that lives have been changed, and saved just by your work and by what you do in the world every single day. So for those listening, who want to use their talents want to use their business to make a difference to change the world for where they are, how would you recommend they lean into their strengths to make an impact? How do you recommend that they get started? Yeah,

Danielle Coke
that’s good. So I often talk about the idea of purpose being found at the intersection of your passions, your skills, the community you’re planted in, and a need that you see in the world. This is not an idea that’s unique to me. I got it from the Japanese ideology known as iki. Guy. I hope I’m saying it correctly. I should know by now. But it’s that ideology of the meaning of life being at the intersection of several different things. And so I kind of was inspired by that ideology and kind of said, Okay, if someone is struggling with the idea of purpose, what am I meant to do with my whole entire life and my whole business? And what’s the deeper meaning I feel as though that pressure can often seem overwhelming. And if someone wants a more practical alternative, the idea of present purpose is that discovery of what can I do here now, based on what I’m currently passionate about what I’m currently skilled in the needs that I currently see in the community that I’m currently planted in. And so I would say for a small business owner who wants to kind of add that impact to what they’re already doing is to just consider, first of all, the nature of the business and what you currently do. For example, I was a graphic designer. And so in analyzing my skills at the time, I was like, Yeah, I love to design I’m not even really that good at drawing yet. I just started drawing, but I do like to draw right now, digitally. And I’m passionate about racial justice. And I see a need in the world right now for, you know, digestible information about these topics. So what if I put all that together and draw about it and then posted to my community, which is social media. And that’s see I fully intended it to be and remain a small thing that I did. And things just happened the way they happened, but I think people can apply that to many different aspects of life. I recently gave a talk to Barry college And we talked about Dr. King’s speech that he gave at the Youth march for integrated schools. And he called it making a career of humanity. He said, You are at the stage of life right now where you are contemplating many different career paths and options. And he said, as you pursue like your vocation, may I propose an avocation to go along with it, he said, make a career of humanity become a perpetual, you know, student of human rights. And he said, that will take your vocation, and amplify it because you’re combining it with impact and making a difference in the world around you. And so using that framework, that idea, I basically gave the example of let’s say that you work in healthcare, and you recently learned about the motherhood mortality rate? And how about how black women are more likely to die in childbirth, and you working in the healthcare system, you could be a nurse or something, you as you learn about that, and you apply your skills and your passions for these things, you’re able to make a difference right there by just becoming more aware of, okay, how am I are my black patients feeling seen and cared for is somebody complaining about pain, and not being taken as seriously as they need to be? How can I step in and make sure I’m aware and focused. And so that’s a way to apply it to, you know, to a job, but you also talked about entrepreneurship. So even I know small business owners who have attached fundraising initiatives to their sales, or saying, you know, for this week, for this limited amount of time, 10% of our proceeds is going to go to this cause. And that’s a beautiful, easy step to take if you’re able to, to kind of shine some light on a cause that you care about while using your skills and passions to continue to do the work that you already do. And, yeah, even the ways that you honor holidays, on your social media platforms, or the ways that you implement your marketing content, or the stock photos that you choose, or the ways that you highlight communities, throughout the work that you do, the ways that you amplify and care for your team. There’s just so many different ways to just amp up the awareness, tag it with your skills, and your passions and the needs you see in the world, and your community. And then just make a difference, right where you are with what you have, it doesn’t always have to be a protest that you’re watching it, you know, or a vote, it can also be your everyday life.

Natalie Franke
And that’s so empowering as a business owner, because I think that we have the hope and the desire, and you just laid out a ton of ways to get moving to act to take action. And one of the things that I love, it’s been several, several, several years now ongoing, but even, you know, down to Small Business Saturday, every year, you know, every year, there’s one day, we all know it, and everyone focuses on supporting small business. But one challenge that, you know, was raised several years ago, and I love kind of reminding the community over and over again, is take a look at within your own business. What other businesses are your supporting? Who are you hiring through your business? Right? Like, are you ensuring that you are supporting black owned business, that you’re supporting businesses in different marginalized groups and communities? Are you being intentional pivoting from you know, you actually using your business to make that impact? I want to talk about some research. This is a podcast all about the science of self made success. So please hang in there with me when I get a little nerdy for just a second. Research shows that generation by generation, younger generations care more and more and more as you progressively get younger about the values behind a company that they support. 83% of millennials say that they care about whether a brand’s values align with their own, and 70 over 70% actually want the CEO or the owner of the business to actively speak out against injustice is in the world and issues that that CEO cares about. The way that a business owner shows up has always mattered. And we are seeing that especially because of social media and the ability to reach more people than ever with a platform. That impact essentially is scaling more and more and more year over year and customers and clients want to know where you stand. They want to know the values behind the brands that they are supporting. And so with that knowledge in mind, I want us for a second to kind of speak to the business owner who’s afraid who maybe has never vocalized the values that they have behind their business, maybe has never spoken out against something that at home and in private they feel strongly about but When it comes to business, they’re still maintaining that kind of ideology that I was taught 15 years ago, which is politics stays out of business, we’ve entered a very different arena,

Unknown Speaker
things have changed. What do you say to them? What

Natalie Franke
do you say to the person who’s remaining silent out of fear?

Danielle Coke
Yes, I think this is very, very important. Because it’s really not easy. And I know, we tend to act like it is sometimes some people tend to act like it is, I think, to fear can come from two different places, it can come from many places, but to jump out at me right now, fear of judgment. So the fear that once you make your case, people will formulate opinions about you, that are not necessarily as positive as they once were. And they might repel some of your customer base. And, yeah, it will. So people will judge you, I tried to make it sound better, but that’s just the reality. And so, knowing that it’s a given, we can prepare ourselves for that, as we prepare to make that stance or take that stance or say that thing fully knowing that, yes, it may repel certain people, but it will attract the people you want supporting your business. Because when somebody is reaching out and purchasing from you, and knowing in the back of their minds that this is a company that values what I value and aligns with what I align, when people reorient and change their buying habits or want to make different pledges to support certain kinds of businesses, that won’t negatively affect you as much as it could affect other people who don’t take that stance because you were clear about where you’re at. And so if the trends, like you just said, are showing that people are going in that direction, and you do want to make an impact. Just know that impact does not come without a cost. And most people want this to be easy. And most people want it to be a seamless transition. But this is not just about positioning your business to be more trendy, or trying to keep up with the times, this is a decision that you’re making to draw a line in the sand and declare that you care about other people. And you care about injustice, and you care about fighting oppression. And so if that’s the case, you got to stand 10 toes down on that, and know that you are entering a whole different arena, where more is required of you in that way. But the benefit beyond the metrics is that you are having an impact on the world around you. And that’s the kind of stuff that really stands the test of time. And to me that’s worth all the sacrifice. So that’s the first thing I would say fear of judgment. The second thing, I think, is the fear of getting it wrong. And this one is huge. You you spend time researching, you craft a statement, you craft a stance, you put it out there, and we find out that you said something in a way that wasn’t the best to the community that you’re seeking to support, or you missed it. That is also going to happen at some point too. And so I really want people to understand that some of this is bracing for impact, bracing for the impact of judgement and bracing for the impact of one day getting it wrong. And if you do get it wrong. There’s beauty in that too. Because you’re growing, you’re taking that risk to say the thing, even if you say it wrong. And it’s the beginning of a process, and a continuous growth journey that humbles all of us, because this is one of those things that you can’t necessarily arrive at overnight or ever. You may get really good at learning all the business stuff, and all of that, but I don’t think you ever arrive at understanding how to perfectly communicate justice things. And that’s because we as humans and as culture are just consistently shifting language changes all the time. A word that you may have used to describe a community 10 years ago can be a no go right now. And that’s why continuously learning is important. But also the fear of getting it wrong can be curbed by an absolutely knowing what you stand for inside and out. And this is not just saying I stand for fighting against human trafficking. It’s saying like, I know the definition of human trafficking, I can identify it. I know the threats to it. I know and even even from a justice perspective, if you’re to say, you know, I stand against racism, you need to know and this sounds so basic. Do you know racism means like definition. Can you identify what that looks like? If you were to post out a statement and say, we at x community condone the racist comments of X person, if someone pushes back and says, that wasn’t racist, can you defend, because you need to know, then you need to know how to defend and be able to speak clearly about what you stand for. So when those moments come where either you, either someone accuses you of getting it wrong when you did, or you did, in fact, maybe not say it perfectly, you can reorient, or you can clear the air. And know that I’m just not going with a trend or someone else said, it’s racist. So we got to say it too, we know what’s up. And we’re gonna stand 10 toes down on this. And so speaking back to the person who may be feeling fearful, because that kind of sounds a little bit intimidating. I just think remembering that, once you decide to name what you stand for, you are entering a new level of business and life and care that will require more intentionality. And you will have to know a little bit more and learn a little bit more and be brave. But the reward in that the impact that you’re making on other people’s lives, the consumer who could have felt so isolated for so long, thinking about the businesses that they support, don’t care anything about them. They’ll see that and they’ll be like, Oh, I’m bought in. And these are the kinds of people we want, being the cheerleaders of our businesses.

Natalie Franke
100%, you know, for every first I’ll just need to pause for a second. Yeah, let’s find the impact, bracing for it? Is it the fear of being judged? Is it the fear of getting it wrong? The reality that you will probably have both happen, right? Yes, you will be judged? Yes, you’re gonna get it wrong. The question is, are you still going to choose to do it anyway? And that’s the big question that I think we need to ask like, ask the listeners and ask yourself, if you’re listening to this, are you willing to face judgment? Are you willing to face getting it wrong, and having to set your ego aside and admit that you are imperfect, but that what you care about is more important than you showing up as polished and perfect and holding on to that ego with clenched fists? Right? Yeah. So this is an invitation. What Danielle has just offered all of you is an invitation with so much grace and kindness and love. But I think it’s one that I hope as you listen to this, like, we take seriously, we take seriously and even if it’s one step forward, and I would kind of lead us into this question, then someone’s listening, they’re going, Okay, you’re right. I’m going to step up, I’m going to brace for the judgment, I’m going to brace for maybe getting it wrong and screwing it up. But I’m committing to the long term effort of getting it right. What do I do next? What is my first step? Where do I even begin? What would you say to someone in that moment of realization, and now, now they’re they’re ready to kind of take the tip toe, maybe not do the full donation and run the business and start hiring like crazy, like, what is the first step that you would recommend? Maybe before all of that, yeah. Okay, so

Danielle Coke
you decided that you’re going to start, then that’s awesome. I think the first step is starting to grow in awareness. And so I have this framework as an illustrator, you know, I’d be drawing, but I have this funnel that I call narrowing down your action. And it’s, the goal of it is to help people go from information overwhelm to aligned action, like at the end of this funnel, I’m going to have identified a next step. And so the top of the funnel, you have like general information. So all of these things that you have learned about and all of these things that you care about. It goes into the top of this funnel, and then you get a little bit more specific and you’re like, Okay, I’ve been researching, I’ve been learning I’ve been I care about this topic. Let me get a little bit more specific. What maybe is an issue caused by this in my industry? What in my field, what can I latch on to and kind of say, Okay, I am a business owner in what can I I don’t even know what pick it pick a field PICK IT industry, any industry

Natalie Franke
deal mine wedding photographer that I come from wedding photography. Oh, you

Danielle Coke
know what? That’s great. Okay, so let’s say, let’s say you are researching about racial justice, and then you get a little bit into the topics and you’re finding okay, how easy is it for people of color to find wedding photographers that do justice to their skin? totes that don’t feel like they’re washed out. And this is come from somebody who’s planning a wedding right now.

Natalie Franke
Yeah, I was gonna say, Are you we’re days away now, aren’t we? Are we abandoned the days away? Yeah.

Danielle Coke
So this is things that I am keeping in mind, I’m looking at this portfolio. And I’m like, this photographer has never photographed a black couple. The the ones that I have seen, I don’t know if they care enough about these images, to research different ways to you know, edit that saturation and get my skin tone, not to flushed. And so what are ways that you can just set some time aside and be like, I’m gonna look into best practices for this. And I’m gonna see the best ways I can do that, I might offer one or two complimentary sessions, because you know, I might do that every six months, do a complimentary session. And I might reach, I might see like, the people who come in, maybe I can make a way to clarify that I really want to welcome in couples of color. So maybe in the marketing photos, I’ll pull couples of color as much as I’m pulling white couples, and showing like, yeah, I want to do this. And so that’s, that’s an example. And that’s an example of like, going actually all the way through the funnel. So you’ve researched racial justice, you’re like photography? How can I align that to what I do? You researching, okay? Is it what are the pain points here for people of color, probably this, and then you’re getting more specific, and you’re tying, you’re tying this to your passion. And then at the bottom, you have an action step that you can start. And this none of that what I just said, is necessarily front facing right away, that research can happen behind closed doors, those decisions, you can make those small decisions, that means so much, I think that’s one way that somebody can get started, is just narrowing down your action from all the information you take in to something that makes sense with what you’re passionate about. In an action step. That’s not overwhelming to take.

Natalie Franke
Wow, we’re gonna include that funnel that you’re talking about, if possible, in the show notes. Yeah. Is that something that we can get link to? And do? Is it up on social or Okay, so we will make sure to link to that. So if you’re listening, and you want to see that visualized, which again, if you’re familiar with Danielle’s work, it is just so beautiful. And if you’re not all the more reason, run to the show notes, see that and walk through it for your specific business, right, like, go through the steps, apply your business, that was such a powerful example. And I’ll say, too, I know for a fact knowing in our community that we have black educators who teach on how to edit skin tones for photographers, so if that like that actual example that you just gave, I wonder if Ty Renda, Pentecost still has her course available? If so I will also link that in our show notes. Thank you, Ty. But that’s an example of as you’re going through that funnel look to and say like, Okay, I want to learn these things and take those steps. And just like Danielle said, you can do so much of this, behind the scenes, and keep kind of growing and growing and growing as you move to bringing it external in your business. Whew, that was very, very powerful. As we kind of round the corner and towards the end of our interview. This, you know, is a question I love to ask. And as we’re unpacking, like, what is the science of self made success, what we’re really trying to say is that there is a science to success based on however you define that success. And whatever uniqueness you bring to the table, those are two key variables in the equation. But nonetheless, there are inputs that contribute to you becoming the success that you desire and finding it in your life. So I would love to know from you, Danielle, what do you think, is the biggest thing that differentiates the businesses that succeed from the ones that fail? What is that biggest factor?

Danielle Coke
Oh, wait, that’s quite the question, especially taking into account what I do, as I as I was in the early days of running my small business. And so for those who may not know, I was selling art prints, bookmark, stickers, etc. It was one it was wildly successful, it was also painstakingly difficult. But I realized early early on that there’s a level of tenacity and not giving up notice that I had to have as I moved through each day, and I also thought about how important it was to not try to do things the way I saw other people doing them. But moreso doing things in a way that worked for me, it worked for my industry, the impact that I was trying to make, as well as things that made sense numbers wise and such. So I think, and it just kind of goes back to what I said at the very beginning, like staying true to who I am as an individual, as a person, the things that matter to me, and the values that I have, and also the way I operate. I found out in January that I have ADHD, like that explains a lot. So how I say okay,

Natalie Franke
please name here. Yes, welcome to the neuro divergent community exactly, explains a

Danielle Coke
lot. But how can meet a black female neurodivergent woman in the Justice space, run a business that is true to who I am and what I value. And I think at the end of the day, even when things switch up when a brand client reaches out, and completely changes the script, it’s it’s the integrity and wanting to reflect the values that I embody, that had me say, Oh, we’re gonna go ahead and stop this project, I’m gonna send, I’m gonna actually send you your money back, and we’re just gonna bow, let’s cancel the contract, I will lose, I will lose $5,000, I was $10,000. So those, it’s those moments where I could choose to go against what I believe and make a whole lot of money and crumble on the inside. Where I had to realize me as a person and who I am, I’m going to have the tenacity to work hard, but also stay true to who I am. And I think when we separate the me from the business is when the business can start it starts to kind of crumble, not because it’s no longer a reflection of you, but because your values and all those things that you hold dear, should in a way be like, inextricably linked as Dr. King would say. That avocation and vocation thing. And so, for me, that’s a big lesson I learned like the two cannot be separated. And I love that. Yeah. The businesses who may not stand the test of time may have in one way or another come face to face with that reality.

Natalie Franke
Tenacity, integrity. What a powerful conversation, Danielle, thank you so so so much for being on the podcast, I have no doubt that our listeners are going to want to learn more from you follow you and I heard a little birdie told me that there is a book coming out this fall that is a must buy. And I also heard from being an author myself, I should say, I know that when you preorder a book you are supporting an author tenfold because that preorder is what signals to retailers how much of a book to buy how much of a book to put on shelves. So I would love for you to share how can people find out about you follow you and then preorder this amazing book I’m hearing so much about? Yes.

Danielle Coke
I love this. Thank you. So you can find me at Oh, happy dani everywhere because that brand alignment is strong. ohhappy dani.com. And on the website, Oh, happy dani.com That will be all the information on how you can preorder my first book called a heart on fire. It is 100 meditations on loving your neighbor as well. And the whole goal of it is to make living a life of impact. A daily practice approachable and accessible for the everyday person. And so there’s 100 meditations, 100 art pieces to go with them. And it’s just something I’m very proud of. So yeah, you can find me there

Natalie Franke
and join us we’re going to celebrate Dani, we’re going to celebrate you when that book comes out in October. And I will be pre ordering some copies. So if you follow along with the podcast, you will also get a chance to win one of her books which I’d recommend preorder it then if you win a second copy, it can be the best gift that you’ve ever given a friend or a neighbor that you intend to love. Well, thank you so much for joining me today. I have absolutely loved getting to chat with you.

Danielle Coke
Thank you for having me. This has been lovely.

Natalie Franke
That ends our episode of The Independent Business Podcast. Everything that we’ve discussed today can be [email protected]. Head to our website for access to show notes, relevant links and all of the resources that you need to level up. And if you’ve enjoyed today’s episode, be sure to subscribe to the podcast so that you never miss our future content. Drop us a review and leave our guests some love on social. Thanks again for listening

Transcribed by https://otter.ai

Episode 3 transcript: Grow your business in a recession with Donald Miller

Natalie Franke
Is it a terrible time to start an independent business? Is there such a thing as a bad time to start a good business? We’ve been hearing a lot lately about the economic headwinds that many of us are either seeing play out around us or experiencing firsthand in our own businesses, things like inflation and rising supply costs, labor shortages and challenges left and right, as we face an economic uncertainty that has a lot of business owners, rightfully nervous. In today’s episode of The Independent Business Podcast, we’re sitting down with Donald Miller, New York Times bestselling author of building a story brand, and business Made Simple. He has helped 1000s of businesses to grow with his powerful frameworks. And now he’s sharing his secrets of success with small business owners. A lot of us especially in these economic times, feel trapped in the day to day operations of running our businesses were stressed or discouraged. We’re not feeling quite so confident in how things are going. And if you have been in any of those places, if you are feeling that way. Now, this is an episode you are going to want to listen to Don’s latest book, how to grow your small business, a six step framework to help your business take off is his roadmap shared his journey from four employees working out of a basement to a $15 million operation, increasing revenue, six fold, in just six years, he is going to go there, he’s going to have the conversations with us. That’s so many wish we could have, he’s peeling back the curtain. And like I said, this is a conversation you don’t want to miss. Hey, everyone, this is your host, Natalie Franke, and you’re listening to the independent business podcast, more people than ever are working for themselves and building profitable businesses in the process. So on this show, I sit down with some of the most influential authors, entrepreneurs and creators to break down the science of self made success so that you can achieve victory. Don, thank you so much for joining us. Good to be here. I have been following your journey for a long time, I’m gonna allow myself the opportunity to fear and girl for just a moment because I’ve been following along with story brand, I love seeing you welcome a little one around the same time that I had Harlow and also just leading the way that you lead, you show up on social media in a way that brings knowledge in an accessible manner, you are calm and collected every time I watch your content, I’m like, it’s gonna be okay, it’s gonna be okay. You know, like, you just you bring this wealth of wisdom and experience and you deliver it in such a way that as a business owner, when it feels like the world is just chaotic and unknown. And, you know, you’re juggling a billion things on your plate at any given time. I really appreciated how when you share you share from this place of like, look, I have a strategy, I’m learning, I’m going to share what I know with you. I’ve done it, I’ve built it. Let’s talk about business. And it is so inviting. And so I just want to thank you for coming on the podcast, and just sharing your wisdom with everybody today.

Donald Miller
Well, I’m grateful. I’m grateful always to be able to talk to entrepreneurs. And it’s a it’s a tough grind. But it’s just so I just think it’s fun. I really do, especially when you get over certain humps, and you’re not worried about where the next dollar is coming from. But Saturday with you.

Natalie Franke
Yeah, for sure. And look, in the last year, a lot has happened, a lot has unfolded. We just recently ran a survey with a group of independent business owners and others to kind of unpack how they’re feeling in this present moment. You know, we’ve got economic uncertainty, there always is economic uncertainty. But it seems to be a topic of conversation. These days, we’ve seen high inflation numbers, a lot of people are experiencing, you know, supply issues, labor shortages, I won’t go on and list all of the challenges that a lot of our community has been feeling. But what I will say is in kind of an intersection point, we’re seeing an increase in these challenges and increasing conversations around these challenges. And yet, more people wanting to start small businesses than ever before. We saw record setting numbers of new business applications in 2021. And then many expected that number to go down. For for reference for everyone listening, you know, 2021 there were 5.3 9 million new business applications filed in the United States. It last year 2022 People said, Oh, that was a fluke, that was a pandemic mishap. It’s going to go down there’s no way that trend will continue is going to go back to the 3 million mark like it had been. But no. According to latest data, it was about 5.1 million new business applications filed in 2022. We also did a poll and uncovered that around half of employed adults who are not already independent business owners say they’ve considered leaving their current job to work for themselves. I would love to know as we kind of kick off this conversation. Is it a good time to start a business? Is it a bad time to start a business we’re hearing about the economy but people have you know realize they want something different for their lives. Can you just Give us a little bit of direction here. What do you what are you thinking? What are you seeing?

Donald Miller
I personally don’t think there’s ever a bad time to start a business. And I don’t think this is a bad time to start a business. So of course, that depends, depends on what your business is going to sell. Because, you know, it might be a bad time, depending on whatever it is that you that you’re trying to sell out there. Two of the sources that I trust the most on the economy, are actually Janet Yellen. And Janet says mild, very mild recession for America, the International Monetary Fund is also saying mild recession for America. And the other source that I trust is Amazon’s financial predictors, you know, they have a team of people who predict where the economy is going, because Amazon is so dependent. And right now, they are also saying very mild. That’s good news. For most of us. However, I think in certain businesses, you actually go up grow during a recession, we grow when COVID hit and the world shut down, we had a record year, both in growth and overall revenue. And so it depends if you sell money. And what I mean by that is if you sell any sort of business coaching, or business education or business help, life coaching, executive coaching, any sort of service, even therapy, you actually grow reception at because people have a toothache and they tend to go to the dentist when they have a toothache. And if they’re hurting for money, they tend to spend money on ways to optimize. If they if they don’t, if they they can easily go downhill. If people are rolling in money, they tend not to look for help. If people are short money, they tend to look for help. So it just depends. But at the same time, if you’re thinking bad times to do this, inflation is going crazy, we’re getting that under control a little bit, I think not a big fan of some of the stuff that our government does, but I think they’ve handled this pretty well. And so I think we’re gonna be okay. However, all of those business applications that were filed, 25% of those businesses will be dead within one year 45% will be dead within five years, and 65% will be dead within 10 years. Correct. And so there are a lot of people who are going to wake up one morning and wish they hadn’t done it. And almost none of those people had to experience the death of their business at all. You know, when I say Natalie, you probably agree with me, I don’t know. But nobody gets into business to start a business. Nobody, nobody gets into business to run a business. You don’t want to run a business. You want to love customers, you want to sell a product, you want to create something you want financial independence, you want more time, those are the reasons we start a business. If the business succeeds, though, you find yourself doing something you never ever imagined. And that is run a business and running a business is totally different than making a product and selling it. It there’s a lot more to it than that. And so I hope that everybody listening can figure out just some very basic business acumen. Because I think that number is 65% business businesses crashing, I think that number should be more like 25%. Because you know it right there, the rest of it the difference that other 40% shouldn’t have died. They just died because they didn’t know how to run a business.

Natalie Franke
So let’s talk about how to run a business because I know you’ve got a book coming out, that’s gonna help walk people through that and really give them a roadmap to growing their small business. Walk me through that. So you know, you’re right. I agree. 110% I think a lot of us get into this because we’re passionate about something or you’re right want to be our own boss, we have a desire to make an impact in the world. We love the clients we get to work with, so on and so forth. But then the business challenges arise, do you start to feel discouraged and overwhelmed, and you know, it’s like the weight of the world is on your shoulders and all those things you never could have imagined burning you out, start to burn you out, I say you run the risk of leaving a nine to five to work 24/7 You fall out of love with the very thing that that you want to dreamt of doing? How do you recommend business owners start to really tackle that and not become the statistic what are some of the recommendations for example that you give in your book? Where should we begin?

Donald Miller
Well, the very first year, or two or three of your business, you need to obsess about something that most of us don’t want to talk about. You need to obsess about cash, where are you going to get it? How are you going to keep it? How are you going to not let any of it go? You’ve just got to do that. Business is about making money. And a lot of people don’t want to think about that. They don’t want to be the sort of person who obsesses about money. They don’t want to be in it for the money. You know, I would agree that you shouldn’t be in it for the money if you’re in it for the money. It money is very fleeting and it doesn’t satisfy you. However, if you your business is going to eat money, and it’s going to eat a lot of it. As soon as you get started. You’re going to realize that you’re in a different tax bracket. You’ve got to pay your own taxes. It’s not being withheld from your paycheck. You’ve got to buy Inventory, you’ve got to, you know, if you get a virtual assistant, then you’ve got one person on your payroll. And I hope that happens for everybody very, very quickly, you will realize that your business eats a lot of money. And so in order to let the business eat money and have a little bit left over for you, you got to feed it. And the way that you’re going to feed it money is you’re going to make sales. And so, you know, uncomfortable, though it may be, I really think if if one of your listeners were sitting down with us, Natalie, it’d be curious to hear your take on this to the very first thing that I would do with them is I would say, hey, let’s determine three economic objectives for your business. And we’re going to set a 24 month timeline on those economic objectives. And here’s what I mean by that, I need to know how many of each unit you intend to sell over the next 24 months. So let’s say you’ve got 10 items that you sell, you’re doing this at a farmers market or whatever, you know, and I say, Okay, where’s your biggest profit margin? You say? Well, it’s in these spice packs, you know, we put these, these we put these spices that my aunt and I made, it’s her proprietary recipe, you know, we make a lot of money off these things. I say, Okay, well, you know, how many did you sell last year, we sold 100 things, okay, well, we need to sell 500. And we’re going to write down that we’re going to sell 250 of these a year. And then we’re going to take what’s the next most profitable thing that you sell? Well, we sell this and we’re going to write down a goal for that. And then we sell this, we write down a goal for that, that those numbers are incredibly important. Because what that does is it changes your mindset from just I’m going to be really friendly at a farmers market and have a really beautiful logo and put my logo on a book bag and all this other stuff that we tend to do. As entrepreneurs, you add to that equation, the fact that we’re here to sell things. And what happens when you when you actually make those economic objectives very, very clear, is you tend to reverse engineer them, you tend to say, Well wait a second, if I have to sell 250 of these, I only sold 40. At the last, therefore, I think I’ll make a sign. Therefore, I think I’ll send out an email explaining, therefore, I think I’ll carry them with me in the trunk of my car, therefore. But if you don’t set those economic objectives, you don’t tend to hit objectives that you don’t set. And so we need to sit down and embrace the fact that this is a a monetary goal that we have, it’s hard for somebody who hasn’t been in business for a long time to understand that that drive to make money is not about actually making money. You know, my business made, gosh, close to $17 million. Betsy and I, my wife and I paid ourselves $150,000. So when I say we need to make more money, more money, more money, it’s not to pay me. It’s to keep this business afloat, to put the business exists to put money into an investment account so that my daughter can have it. 50 years from now, it’s really not about me making money, I don’t need any more money. But I do embrace the fact that this business exists to make money. And once you understand that, I think you can reverse engineer it success. The reason 65% of businesses fail, they all failed for one reason, they ran out of money. That’s it when you run out of money, the game’s over. And we don’t want that to happen. anybody listening?

Natalie Franke
I agree wholeheartedly with everything that you shared, I think, you know, personally, in my own journey, my relationship with money required a lot of unlearning, and a lot of unpacking and learning. What did you have to unlearn? You know, I come from a kind of background of seeing money as something that is rooted in greed. Right? You know, again, you do something because you want to be of service because you love people, not because you want to profit off of them, I had to kind of rewire some of that understanding and, you know, also learn a lot of things that I was never taught, you know, I never learned about investing. I never learned about retirement. I never learned about a lot of these things that especially once you leave like a W two work corporate environment situation, which our comp our country is built truly is like built for the majority of individuals to get certain benefits from an employer, not from any other source. So health care, parental leave retirement, you name it. So for me, you know, I felt kind of unprepared when I started my business, and I realized, Wait, I have to say, for my own retirement, like someone’s not gonna help me do that, you know? That’s right. Those sorts of moments, in addition to just, you know, when it comes to sales, and as a woman, too, is is something that, you know, I’ll never forget, we did an entire month dedicated to sales. And in our community, especially, you know, several years ago, I think it was about five years ago, I was living in San Francisco at the time. I will never forget talking even about you know, the differences in how people sell and hearing how so Many women, especially in our community felt like you know, they always had to be pleasing, and were afraid to like, just step in there and command their value and pitch in a certain way. And there was so much hesitancy. And so, you know, I think that in that regard, too, like a lot of unlearning, and a lot of unpacking and having to kind of figure out No, I can’t be proud of what I’ve come to the table to offer, I don’t have to qualify everything with like, oh, you know, like, I know, that’s a lot of money that I’m charging, or when you’re in a client meeting second guessing that and seeing the impact of your business in a different light seeing making money in a different way.

Donald Miller
Yes, yeah. And once you sort of understand that the money that you make, you know, goes to feed a machine that pays you and you are one of the employees, it, it feels a little bit different, it doesn’t feel like greed, you know, when I charge a lot of money for me to go speak or something like that, that money goes to pay benefits for my 30 employees. And it goes to pay for a lot of other things. So I no longer associate the money very much with myself. That said, at the end of the day, the company makes a lot of money. And we put that money into an investments. And so we’re we’re building wealth while we’re living off our $150,000 salary. And you know, I’m grateful for for all of that. I will say though, I want to go back, Natalie to something you said that money is so associated with greed, and corruption. And, you know, even the Bible says the love of money is the root of all evil. But what it doesn’t say, though, is that money is the root of all evil, it says the love of it. And what we want to do is we want to be the sort of people who give money a good name, instead of a bad name, because there are people in this world who give money, a bad name. And there are people who give money a good name. And all I want everybody to do is say, hey, just be be the people who give money, a good name, give it away, be generous with it, provide jobs with it, I don’t think money is evil. Now, I do think there is something that is evil. And what I think is evil is poverty. I think it’s evil. I think a you know, a child looking at their mother wanting food and the mother not being able to afford to feed that child is evil. And I am all about rooting it out. And I think entrepreneurs, the entrepreneur is listening to me right now you are the backbone of this economy. And you going out and making money for yourself and hopefully someday making enough that you can bring on somebody else, and you can pay them and you can pay them. That is how we grow the middle class, we grow the middle class, when everybody listening to my voice gets rich, period. That’s how it works. And if you are driven to build a financially successful and sustainable company, you are a gift, you are a gift to the world because what the what everybody in the middle class has in common is that they can feed their kids. That’s what they have in common. So if we make the middle class bigger, we have less poverty. Now I do agree, just economically, in broad strokes, we have a problem in America in that some people have too much money. But even those people have been incentivized to get that wealthy Warren Buffett and Elon Musk and and Jeff Bezos, these people have all been incentivized to keep their money in the market, where it tends to grow compound interest, because they don’t have to pay taxes on any money in the market. So the government is literally incentivizing them just to get rich, all they’re doing is being smart. They’re they’re not being done with their money. So I don’t criminalize those people at all. But we do need to deal with that we need to incentivize those people to put to put money back into the middle class. The middle class, by the way, is gone from about 67, or 71%, and 1960 to 50 something percent today, very low 50s. So we’ve got a problem. The solution to that problem is everybody who’s listening to my voice to stop having such a dysfunctional relationship with money, and instead command money, tell it what to do in order to serve the world rather than it, dictating what you’re supposed to do. And one of the things that my wife and I do, in order to not let money control us is we live we live off a tiny percentage of the money that we make, and we just don’t, we don’t give ourselves the options to fly private jets and all that kind of stuff. I’m nothing against that. But we just don’t do that. You know, we we live pretty simply.

Natalie Franke
Amazing. I you know, I think a lot about how we’re living in a moment where it has never been easier to start a small business. It’s so simple. It is so simple. And you’re absolutely right. I think, especially for me, one of the things I’ll say to just circling back is my mindset started to shift a lot around money when I realized wow, when I make money, then I have the ability to do good with it. Like it was like a light bulb. And I It sounds so simple to some folks. But to me, it truly was it was like, wow, when I build a business that generates wealth, I can support other small businesses in my community, which I am fiercely passionate about. I call it like I’m a mama bear for small business. And so, you know, I can reinvest that in my community and statistically we see that we see that when you know money is spent at a small business it tends to stay in that local community we see good done with that money, you know, but we’re living in this moment where it’s easier than ever before to start an independent business, we’re seeing shifts in the way that young people are viewing their futures. I, I think a lot about a survey that actually was commissioned by Lego of all places that says that, you know, more children want to be content creators that want to be astronauts. So we’ve seen this like shift in the aspirational dream. I

Donald Miller
love that. And the reason I love that is you’ve actually got a shot at being a really good content creator. And it’s like a one intention out of being an astronaut. So I think the percentage chances are really good for you if you want to be a content creator.

Natalie Franke
Yeah, my grandfather was an aeronautical engineer for NASA for 30 years spent a lot of time around astronauts and I know that he would agree with you, I guarantee he would agree with you. And so I see it in my I see it in my kids too. Like my, you know, my, he’s gonna be for my four year old, he loves and some of some of the parents out there can be like, Wait, screentime for a four year old, but hear me out. Hear me out. It’s been a rough couple years, y’all with a pandemic. But there are content creators that he absolutely loves. And I think about somebody like Mr. Rachel, who I don’t know,

Donald Miller
oh, no, we have Miss Rachel wheels on the bus go round and round, I’ve seen it about 5000 times, it’s the only thing my daughter will watch, by the way is wheels on the bus go round around with Miss Rachel,

Natalie Franke
it’s funny, because that’s Harlow, his favorite song too. So I think I think these girls are gonna be friends when they grow up. But Rachel, Mr. Mitchell is a great example. She’s She is a business owner. She’s someone that you know, during the pandemic, and very smart when when a lot of kids were isolated, and especially kids, like my son was speech delayed. And so you know, needing a different type of content and needing to have preschool, essentially, virtually, she’s created a virtual preschool, and she’s done it phenomenally, and leveraged her unique gifts and talents to make an impact. And I think that’s at the end of the day, you know, I see that over and over and over again, with with our community with independent businesses, it’s like, they have something really unique and really valuable to offer. And as they do that, and if they can grow the business and keep that money coming in. And I love how you reference like those first couple years, you’ve got to know your numbers, you got to know your numbers, in the same way that you know, your craft, that thing that drives you to get into the business. Great. And we’ve got to be leaning into your cash flow, because that is the killer that we see that leads all of those statistics, you know, in businesses that fail. And so I’m really curious, you know, how do you think about, you know, the year for like, now, as a business owner, you’ve made it to your three, you know, your numbers, you’ve been following your cash flow, you’ve been building things out, what’s the sort of later step in that framework of growing your business, something that you see, perhaps a lot of business owners struggling with?

Donald Miller
Well, we can stay on the subject of cash. I mean, they’re, in the end, how to grow your small business, there’s six things that I help you figure out that cause 65% of businesses to crash. And it’s a shame, because they are just the easiest things to fix. First is leadership. And you reverse engineer three economic objectives. And I like three, because the human brain has trouble prioritizing any more than three. The sixth thing in the book, the sixth framework in the book, I think, would be really helpful for everybody listening. And that is you need to operate your business using five checking accounts. And I’ll tell you what those checking accounts are, they are your operating expense account, all of the money that you make, pursuing those three economic objectives are gonna go into your operating expense account, you are then going to pay yourself every two weeks a salary, yes, you are an employee of the company that you also own. And it’s kind of important to think of it that way. I am an employee of a company that I also own. But you want to separate yourself as an employee. And so let’s say you’re gonna pay yourself, I don’t know, you know, $60,000 a year. Alright, so you’re gonna give yourself $2,500 Every two weeks out of the operating expense account. So now you have two accounts, you have an operating expense account, and you have a personal checking account, crazily, so many small business owners never separate it, because they see themselves as a business and they’re literally pulling personal money out of the operating expense account. And that will kill you, you will not live, you will not survive if you’re doing it. So at least two accounts. All right. Now, there’s a third account. And the third account is taxes. You all of a sudden are responsible to pay your own taxes and nobody’s doing it for you. Well, here’s a pay too much. By the way, we’re all going to become anti tax capitalist here in about a couple of years. Watch it happen to you, it happens subtly. Anyway, your you know, what you’ve got to do then is every time you pay yourself 2500 bucks, and please, if you’re driving, pull over because I’m about to I’m about to make you lose your minds. Every time you pay yourself $2,500 You literally have to put $2,500 into the tax account. Because whatever you pay yourself, you’re gonna match to the United States government. Isn’t that crazy? Now, you’re only going to pay about 37% By the time you finished, you know using money for health benefits and property taxes and all that kind of stuff, that tax account is going to start depleting pretty darn quickly. What that will do, though, for you, it will, it will make sure that you’re never surprised by a tax bill, I would say probably the number one or number two reasons businesses run out of money is because the IRS comes knocking. And we spent that money on a bounce house for our child’s birthday party, we should have been putting it away to pay the government. So already we have these really clear optics, we have clear optics on how much money the business has. We have clear optics on how much we have. And we have clear optics on how much money we have set aside to pay the government. And we’re never surprised by anything. The truth is, though, you’re not going to have to pay 50% of your profit in taxes. And so at the end of the year, that tax account is going to have extra money in it and you get to move it back. Now here’s the handout. That’s the basic three checking accounts that you can use to run a business, let me give you two more. The next one is called business profit. And what you’re going to do is out of your operating expense account, anytime it has a lot of money in it, like too much money, you don’t need this money in the operating account, you’re not going to pay yourself, what you’re going to do is you’re going to take money off the top, and you’re going to split it between business profit and taxes. So let’s say it takes you $20,000 a month to run your business, you look and you’ve got $40,000 in there, you don’t need $40,000 The operating expense account and you know what you need to do with it, get it away, get it away from you get it away from the business, so you’re not you don’t have access to it. So you take the extra 20, you put 10 in taxes and 10 in business profit, any money, here’s a quick rules, any money you put in your personal checking account, you have to match in your tax account. Any money you put in business profit, you have to match and your tax account. Now, here’s where it gets really cool. You want in your business profit account, you want six months worth of overhead in that business profit account. So if I’m at $20,000 a month overhead, I want $120,000 in my business profit account, because that’s my rainy day fund. Now, this is where it gets really fun, Natalie, let’s say you check your it’s gonna take a long time for you to save up 6x you’re operating, it’s going to take a year, maybe two years. But one day, you’re going to look at that account that’s going to have $200,000 in it, you’ve got $80,000 over what you need as a rainy day fund that money then transfer to your final account. And that account is called investment holding. You do not have to match money that you put into investment holding in your taxes because it’s already been taxed. You put that in your tax account when you put it in there. So you put $80,000 in investment holding and guess what you get to do with investment holy, anything you want. It is your money. Now the reason I want you to call it investment holding is because I don’t want you to spend it, I want you to actually invest it. I want you to fund a SEP IRA, I want you to buy stocks, I want you to buy a duplex if you need to. And in your heart of hearts if you need to go buy that albino Tiger. For the parakeet that says cuss words in other languages. It’s very expensive, you can but I wouldn’t do that I would go by I would go by, you know, financial products that make you money, that what I just shared with you, I realize it might be a little confusing. But if you’ll just rewind the podcast, and listen again and again, and write down the names of those accounts. And let me tell you what they are operating expense, personal checking, tax, business, profit and investment holding. Those are your five accounts. If you use those five accounts, to run your business, you are incredibly less likely to run out of money. Also, you have learned what the most wealthy people in the world have figured out. And the most wealthy people in the world have figured out that the business they own exist to buy financial products that pay them over and over and over again. With an end by the way, you won’t even have to work. If you get a million dollars in stock portfolio, it’s going to pay at least 5% a year. So now you’re making $50,000 a year without having to work every single year for the rest of your life and the rest of your kids lives. So you know you those sound like crazy numbers, but they’re not you have no idea how big your business is gonna grow. But you starting those five accounts and I teach you to do it in chapter six of the book, I actually show you how to do it. And it’s not that difficult. It’s going to turn running your business into a video game. And you’re gonna start seeing those numbers and you’re gonna you’re gonna want to win. And that’s, that is going to drive you to grow your business bigger and bigger.

Natalie Franke
The gamification side you’ve got me on that point. that i It’s true. It’s very, very true the moment it starts to feel gamified I’m like I’m in and that competitiveness, right? It’s that’s exactly

Donald Miller
that drive that drive.

Natalie Franke
Yes. Okay, so one question that I have in your journey and kind of the success that you’ve had, and you’ve done so many things. I mean, truly, like so many things. Looking back, if you were to talk to dawn on day one, okay, if you were to go back, and give yourself a little bit of advice, when you know, you first were kind of taking this leap and carving out a path for yourself that maybe was, you know, different from what the majority of folks were doing, going and getting, you know, a certain type of job or maybe, you know, at whatever point your journey you want to choose here, go for it. But to go back to an earlier moment, what advice would you give your younger you What would you tell yourself, then?

Donald Miller
Well, I would go back to myself, let’s see, about 14 years ago, I lived in Portland, Oregon, my wife and I live in Nashville, Tennessee now, but I lived in Portland, Oregon, I was a bachelor. I was a writer, I wrote memoirs, and I happened to write a memoir, or a memoir, if you’re, if you’re fancy. I wrote a memoir. And it ended up on the New York Times for 42 consecutive weeks, it was an insane season, and I made a ton of money in royalties. And what I did with that money, because I didn’t want the money, I didn’t want to I didn’t want to have it around, I would do stupid things with it. So I just paid off my house, I just took all the money I paid off of a condominium and in Portland, Oregon, when I didn’t have any debt. And I found another house that I wanted. And I ended up selling my house. And between me selling my house and getting the money, and being able to buy that other house, the other house sold. So now I’m just sitting on a pile of cash, it’s my entire life savings, the chances of you writing two New York Times bestsellers that go for a year are almost zero. So I knew this is never gonna happen to me again, this is the money that I’m going to make. And I ended up making a short term investment. I put all of my life savings, all the money that I paid off my house into a short term investment. And on a Monday morning, 14 years ago, I woke up and the money was gone. Every penny of it, I lost it all. And it was, you know, arguably, certainly career wise, the hardest day of my life. And not only that, Natalie, you’ll appreciate this, I think your listeners will appreciate this. About two weeks before that happened. I started dating a woman who is now my wife. Now, you know, we could take a poll with your listeners. But I think women are kind of attracted to good looks. I think they’re attracted to strength. I think they’re attracted to money. I only had one of those things. I only had the money. And I just lost it. And I thought, oh, man, you know, so it was it was an unbelievably, unbelievably painful Day. And probably for a few weeks, I was desolate. If I could go back in time on that Monday morning, I would probably pull up a chair next to my bed because God knows I wouldn’t get out of bed. I would say, Don, this is the best day of your life. I promise you, it’s the best thing that has ever happened to you. I promise you that you will you will look back on this. And you will say career wise, career wise, this is the best thing that’s ever happened to you. And the reason is because I finally decided to take responsibility for my life, my finances, my career, my money, everything. And I said, the chances of me getting back. And making this money ever making this money, again, are very, very small. But I’m gonna take the shot. And I let my manager go. I let my literary agent go. I let everybody go. And I said, I’m not going to be a guy who depends on a literary agent or a booking agent, or any of that I’m going to Donald Miller is going to be a company. And that company is going to grow. Now that was about 14 years ago, I think I don’t think it was 14 years. It was probably 12 years ago. Today, my wife and I give away the exact same amount of money that I lost that morning, every year. Wow. Year after year after year, we give it away. Wow. And that happened because of what everybody listening to me has done and is afraid of. Because you took responsibility and you said look, I’m not going to work for somebody else or I’m going to start a side hustle. I’m going to own some of my own career in life. And even though it’s hard, and it’s a struggle, it’s the best thing. It’s the best decision you’ve ever made. It really is. You’ve just got to do it right went the right way. You got to build it the right way. And you know Listen, I made 1000 mistakes, I did six things, right. And I put those six things in this book

Natalie Franke
that makes it incredibly accessible because I think I have probably done an equal ratio to that as well.

Donald Miller
To six, running, running numbers,

Natalie Franke
it does. But again, I, you know, interview after interview that I do, it’s so fascinating to me to just to hear how many folks that today have had so much success, and you see where they are in their career, and you see the business that they built, and you see what they’re doing. And it’s just, it’s it’s captivating and inspiring. And also just kind of shocking, right. And yet, when you peel back that curtain, and I asked them to kind of share to an earlier version of themselves. Time after time, we’re hearing about the valleys and the struggles and the moments when everything had fallen apart. And yet, they kept going and yet you kept going. And, you know, I do think there’s something to be said for the fact that a lot of the best things that come in our lives and in our businesses, often are brought about by seasons of growth of pain, discomfort, challenge, everything falling apart in our lives. You know, on a personal note, five years ago, I went through brain surgery to remove a benign brain tumor. And I was you were talking about, you know, speaking to yourself on that morning, when you couldn’t get out of bed, I vividly just thought, you know, for me that was those first state couple days before surgery in those first couple days after surgery, and just this, this deep darkness, this feeling of you know, recovery and uncertainty and struggle. And yet, I am not the same person that I that I was before that experience, I am completely transformed by those challenges completely. And in my mind, I would hope made better made more empathetic, I care more about about certain things, I fight for certain things more, my heart has widened quite a bit, you know, it softened me but also strengthened to me. And I think that, you know, in hearing your story, it just reminds me that it reminds me of the fact that for a lot of folks listening, you know, we started this off by talking about recession, uncertainty, challenges, hardship. And yet, and in the same breath before we even concluded the conversation, it’s like, the good that can come from those challenges, right? Yeah. So I would love to just hear from you. You know, with all that good as well, I know, there have been some bumps we just talked about one of them. Looking back is there, you know, any advice that you would give to help someone to navigate, you know, the mistakes that are inevitably going to come with the growth season. So we’ve talked about like how to get there getting your numbers in order, sticking with the cash flow conversation, or expanding beyond it, now you have growth. Now all of a sudden, things are taking off, you’re seeing scale in the business, maybe you’re hiring folks, you’re stepping into a new leadership role. I always say often, we’re the meanest bosses we will ever have. And then you hire somebody else. And suddenly you gotta navigate how to not be as mean as you are to yourself to that other employee that you brought onto the team, which is a great lesson, but you hit the growth phase, you have a little bit of scale, you’re expanding. And now there are new challenges. Now there are new hurdles that you have to come up against any advice to those any mistakes you see a lot of folks making in those gross seasons that you can help us avoid.

Donald Miller
Yeah, you actually mentioned it early on, you mentioned this desire to be liked, and to have people like you and sort of be a people pleaser. I think most of us have that. I certainly had had it. And still to some degree habit. When you grow and your business is growing, what you’re going to deal with more than you used to deal with what you’re going to deal with their people, you’re going to have team members, you’re going to have more customers, you’re going to have more vendors. And so 90% of success in business is just good people skills. And so let me give you just one paradigm shift that I think is super helpful. If you are more interested in being respected than you are in being liked, you’re gonna go further. If you are more interested in being respected than you are in being liked, you are going to go further. Because what it takes to lead is it takes people respecting you, it doesn’t take people liking you. Now if you’re mean, if you’re a jerk, you’re going to lose respect. Never, never lose respect, but be willing to let go of being liked. Being be willing to walk into a room and say, Hey, listen, you know, we said we were going to do this this month, and we didn’t get it done. And I can’t let us get away with anything except for excellence. I just can’t do it. I want more for you than that. And I want more for us than that. And I want more for our customers than that. What you’re gonna get out of that room is respect. You’re going to get respect. And let me tell you the biggest waves the biggest paradigm shift I’ve ever had in terms of learning To be somebody who’s respected. The, the number one person in my life who disrespects me, literally says things to me that are dark. And mean, is me. It’s me, I’m going, this is, Mel, are you gonna pull this off? You’re such a loser. What are you thinking? Oh, it’s me. And what I had to do is I had to actually when I realized I was doing that, I had to say, hey, to that voice, that voice inside you. And I realize this is a weird conversation, because we’re talking about ourselves talking to ourselves. But you kind of have to stand up to that voice and say, Listen, you don’t get access to too much is dependent on Don Miller, pulling this off, because Don, Don’s got employees, Don’s got a family, you don’t get to talk to him. That way, you don’t get access. And what I found was that immediately that voice back down. And so if you want to be respected, respect yourself, because that’s where it starts. Don’t ask anybody to respect you, until you can respect yourself. Because when you respect yourself, you show people how to treat you, you show people how to talk to you. So don’t expect other people to be all nice to you and to think of you as a trustworthy, respectful person, if you don’t think of yourself as a trustworthy, respectful person. So we gotta fix what’s inside of us. And that voice that says you can’t do it, and you don’t know what you’re doing, we got to fix that voice before we can actually earn the respect of a team. But if you do that, if you do that early, and it’s very easy to say, you know, whenever you’re talking negatively, yourself, just say, Hey, buddy, you don’t get access, right? If I call you, Natalie, if I called you once a week, is it I don’t think your business is going to work. And I don’t think your podcast is very good. And I, you know, I don’t think your hair looks very good today, by the way, you would you would take that call once, and then you would never take that call again. You would never pick up the phone. Correct. Donald Miller does not get access. So if somebody who treats you that way doesn’t get access, why are you giving access to yourself? You don’t have to. And that was a huge lesson for me. And we all have to make that transformation, if we want to be good leaders.

Natalie Franke
I love that so much. And a little, a little bit of inspiration for the parents out there. There is a song that Snoop Dogg has released, that is called the affirmation song. And what I’m telling you, you got to play, you got to check it out. We play it, I play it with my son every day on the way to school, and it is all about affirming who you are, and speaking kindly to yourself. And so there’s a lot of negatives, there’s no one better to be than myself. You know, and it’s just like, it sounds so simple. Yes, of talking about it for a toddler, but yet, you’re 100% Correct. We speak to ourselves in oftentimes just speak to ourselves in a way that we would never allow anyone else to speak to us, right in ways that are dark, they’re dark, horrible, horrible, and, and yet our words have power. How we speak has power, not just externally, but like we’re talking about, most importantly, internally. So decide how you want to wield that power, you’re going to wield your power to tear yourself down, or you’re going to wield your power to actually lift yourself up and embolden yourself to go out and to do the incredible things that only you can do. As we close out this podcast, as we wrap it up, I always love to ask one question, and I am on the edge of my seat. excited to hear your answer. Don, what do you believe is the biggest thing that differentiates the businesses that succeed from the ones that fail?

Donald Miller
Yeah, the businesses that succeed, learn from their mistakes? That’s it easy, because you’re gonna make them. But if you can actually say, Hey, why did we do that? How can we never do that? Again, you’re gonna make it. And a mistake is just an education. It’s an um, you know, you didn’t ask for the education, but it’s going to come at you anyway. So if you can, if you can be, that’s what I think that’s what resilience is. Resiliency is just learning from your mistakes at all. That’s all it is. And you find me any successful person, and they’re standing on a pile of failures. They are. And if you can learn from them. Yep, it’s not it’s not the end of the world. Give me a break. It’s not the end of the world. Yeah, if you make a mistake, it can be a lesson. So learn from your mistake.

Natalie Franke
I love that. Thank you so much for joining us. I doubt that our listeners are going to want to find you and order your book and discover all the incredible offerings that you have. So before we close, close everything out, Todd, if you could just share, you know, where can folks find you? And how can they get their hands on your brand new book that just came out?

Donald Miller
Yeah, the book is called how to grow your small business. I’m more proud of this book than maybe any book I’ve ever written. And it’s already sold more copies than any book at this point that I’ve ever written. So it just tells you how much people need practical, practical, practical. Yeah, just tell me what to do. So this thing doesn’t fail. And I do a lot of that in the book, if you will. My, my my plan my six part plan to grow a business you can actually download it for free. It’s at small business flight plan.com. So the whole thing runs with the, the metaphor of an airplane. So if you just go to small business flight plan.com I’ll teach you to fly business really, really

Natalie Franke
far. Amazing. Thank you so much for joining us that way. Thank

Donald Miller
you. It’s a pleasure.

Natalie Franke
That ends our episode of The Independent Business Podcast. Everything that we’ve discussed today can be found atpodcast.honeybook.com. Head to our website for access to show notes, relevant links and all of the resources that you need to level up. And if you’ve enjoyed today’s episode, be sure to subscribe to the podcast so that you never miss our future content. Drop us a review and leave our guests some love on social. Thanks again for listening.

Episode 2 transcript: Video marketing: The science of showing up with XayLi Barclay

Natalie Franke
We’ve all heard about the like know and trust factor when it comes to marketing our businesses. But did you know that your clients are more likely to trust you if they have the ability to make eye contact with you? Well, it has a lot to do with the fact that the human brain has an entire area dedicated to recognizing faces. It’s called the fusiform face area. And it means that video marketing in particular is an incredibly powerful tool to help communicate your value as an independent, and to solidify that working relationship that you have with your clients. Today on the podcast, we are sitting down to talk with XayLi Barclay, a visual content creation coach, and video marketing expert. She specializes in helping entrepreneurs effectively stand out and make a genuine impact in the digital space. I’ve known XayLi for several years, and we actually showed up to a conference matching, yes, matching not in any sort of planning. No, that was completely by accident. But we bonded in that experience of walking in wearing the exact same thing. And in case you’re wondering who wore it best, it was obviously saili Come on, not even a competition. But her genius, her dedication, her passion for helping independence. Frankly, it’s unmatched. And so today, I can’t wait to dig into this conversation. I can’t wait for you to hear everything that XayLi brings to the table to help you level up your video marketing game. Hey, everyone, this is your host, Natalie Franke, and you’re listening to the independent business podcast, more people than ever are working for themselves and building profitable businesses in the process. So on this show, I sit down with some of the most influential authors, entrepreneurs and creators to break down the science of self made success so that you can achieve victory.

Natalie Franke
Hey, XayLi, thanks so much for joining me.

XayLi Barclay
Oh my gosh, Natalie, I’m so excited to be here. I’m like, bouncing off the walls this morning. So we’re gonna have a good conversation. That’s

Natalie Franke
gonna be good. I knew that the moment you said, Yes, I was like, This is gonna be quite the podcast episode, I am so excited to share all of your knowledge and wisdom with our listeners. And before we get into the meat of the conversation around video, and showing up the science of showing up why it matters, I would love for you to share with folks a little bit about your journey from the standpoint of like, what led you to caring so much about, you know, video content creation? What What journey led you here?

XayLi Barclay
Oh, my gosh, it’s been such a long journey. It’s almost a decade of being on camera and helping others get confident enough to be on camera. I just realized that when I first decided, hey, I want to have a business and I want to make this thing like, you know, go to the moon, I realized that I was so afraid to be on camera, to share my expertise. Lots of impassioned syndromes are coming up childhood trauma, like all of the things started kind of popping up. And when I decided to get on camera, and I decided I’m gonna figure this thing out. And then as I started to, I found a natural just knack for it. And then I learned how to sell on camera, like how to structure content, how to do educational content, because it’s completely different. So I started diving deeper and deeper into the process, and wanting to teach others because I started getting How are you so confident? How do you set your cameras up? How do you get dressed? How do you have such high quality. So I started just wanting to get to the core and the route of First of all, helping people understand their value, and just the fact that you have something in there that you’ve got to get out for somebody. And then we can dive into equipment and creating high quality content and all that jazz. But that’s kind of how I started from my own journey. And as I grew, I started seeing people in my exact shoes. Like, I don’t have anything to say I’m not confident enough. I’m not beautiful enough. And, frankly, no pun intended, I feel the same way. So it was about really helping people to just get on camera and dominate like I had taught myself to over the years. I so

Natalie Franke
often hear people jumping right to the equipment as the reason that they’re not on camera or not doing more with camera. But what I’ve kind of learned from watching you coach and just again, like listening to the feedback from independent business owners in our own community is I think it’s a mindset, I think there’s something deeper than the equipment that we need to address at the forefront of this. What do you think it is that really makes this so terrifying for us? Why do so many people hesitate to put their face in the forefront of their business?

XayLi Barclay
And there’s so many reasons why, like I can go on and on but I will start with sometimes we’re over analyzing ourselves. So now if I put my face on camera, I’m actually giving someone else the chance to pick me apart, right? Or sometimes it’s things that you were told as a kid about yourself that you kind of have to unravel and undo and process within yourself before you put yourself out there. For me I know a lot of times I never shared my my most potent message because I was a people pleaser Am I still, you know, am healing and processing things like that. So it’s like, if I say the wrong thing on camera, what’s going to happen? Am I going to get canceled? If I say how I feel innately? Or if I share my experiences, like, you know, is that going to resonate with anyone? So there’s so many factors that I see other people going through, and like you said, they think it’s the equipment. But I’ve also had, like, clients that have bought 10s of 1000s of dollars of equipment and still never showed up. So it’s not your equipment.

Natalie Franke
In your own journey, what was it for you that helps you to get over those hurdles that you faced as well, those fears, those kind of mindset setbacks that you’re talking about others experiencing? Because I have no doubt you also face them, like you mentioned yourself? What helped you personally to kind of put your face more into your business?

XayLi Barclay
You know, Natalie, every year, I tell myself at the top of the year, like I want to help 500 women get on camera, or I’ll take a number, right, so that number has changed over the years. And the capacity that I would love to serve has changed over the years to but I would say transferring my ego, of sorts from thinking about myself to if I am not showing up on camera, then I’m blocking other people from actually, you know, amplifying their own voices or getting on camera or like I genuinely believe that I’m walking in my purpose. And I feel like if I’m not doing this, yes, I could think someone else is doing it, you know, can do it. Of course there are other people. But for me on my journey, there is something that I need to help somebody with. And if I’m afraid of getting on camera myself, and I’m putting, you know my whole self into, oh my gosh, I can’t do this, I’m afraid that I’m blocking someone else. And as business owners, we get paid to provide solutions. And that’s the solution that I can provide effortlessly and easily.

Natalie Franke
Fantastic. I want to share some quick stats here that just really surprised me. If we’re looking at how video has been used in businesses, specifically with marketing 91% of businesses use video as a marketing tool right now in 2023. And that’s an all time high from 2016. You know, I think we’re seeing a massive shift. We all know it we all feel it in how we are showing up on the internet. It is becoming a cross platform, it doesn’t matter whether you primarily mark it on Tik Tok, or your marketing on Instagram. YouTube has always been video based but even now is moving to shorts, right? And really leveraging shorts as a vehicle for content creation, LinkedIn, Twitter, I could go on and on and on. But the reality is, video is becoming not a nice to have, but a must have. Would you agree with that? I think you would. But I’d love to know your take on this sort of big shift towards video in the marketing space.

XayLi Barclay
Yes, I love that you pulled out the stats, because I’ve been teaching people that concept. This is 2015. I’ve been telling people, if you’re not getting on camera, you’re gonna have a problem with that feature. Now, honestly, I had no idea what the future held. But I understood that, you know, I understood the power of video, and I tell people all the time, if I wasn’t getting on camera for all these years, all the opportunities that I’ve garnered and things that have come, you know, true for me, like it would have never happened if I wasn’t on camera as often as I was. So if you are looking to shift in your business, I can’t say it enough, video is definitely the way to go.

Natalie Franke
Now, I’ve seen some really incredible things done with a lot of our members, a lot of independent business owners incorporating video into sort of that early stage of the client flow. So a lot of us think, okay, video marketing, but there’s also video content that you can just integrate and show up as yourself, whether it’s in an email, you can actually send video in an email, you can incorporate video, you know, into the client flow at so many different stages. And I know, you know, education, for instance, in another space, if you’re educating educating clients, or if you are in the education space, obviously video and course creation is critical. I’m curious if you’ve seen folks use video in any really creative ways, or if there’s any space, kind of beyond video marketing, where you see video transforming an aspect of a client relationship or client flow that, you know, perhaps somebody might not consider right off the bat.

XayLi Barclay
Yeah, I mean, I love that you shared that because there’s so many aspects of video, you know, like we do think marketing, but there’s zoom meetings, there’s, you know, like I know for us, we’ve realized that when we do workshops, hosting it led in a way that it’s like So I have a webinar and more of a meeting where I can connect with people and really talk to people like, it definitely transforms the customer experience, because those people want to move higher up into whatever else you have to offer with you, because you spent time with them under, you know, helping them break through a specific barrier. So there’s that, like, I know, when you, we think about all of these huge course creators and people in the educational space. But even using video, as a part of onboarding into your online course can be so effective, you know, like, sending a banjo or to someone to just welcome them. And thank them, congratulate them for investing in the program, things like that can be so effective, and can be just just such a beautiful touch. Like I know, sometimes I get cold emails in my inbox. And the person is like, well, I worked out the strategy for you, you know, if you can click this video, you can see what I did. And at first, I was like, That is genius, because I’m more likely, out of curiosity to click to see you know, what you’re possibly sending than if you just send me a PDF or just an email telling me, Hey, your website needs help. I know it needs help. But if you send a video and you break it down, I’m more likely to look at that video. There are so many ways, simple touches that are actually really high converting, I think that within Instagram, being able to, you know, like, leave a video message, specifically someone that is so empowering and people don’t think about little things like that, that are high touch, especially in the space that we’re in right now. Where there’s so much going on in the online space, high touch is it so you can use video in those ways. And honestly, sometimes I’ll do that in the DMS. And people are like completely shocked. They’re shocked to hear me say their name. They’re shocked to you know, see me speaking directly into them or pouring into them or sharing about something. And it doesn’t have to be like, you know, super manicured. It’s like a story, but a direct story. So people love things like that. And I have definitely built like lifelong customers like that. Like I’ll launch something and I’ll be like, Why did you sign up for this? You don’t need this. Like, I just want to be fair, I just want to be there and I’m like, okay, get it. You know, so definitely.

Natalie Franke
I love how you emphasize that personalization, that high touch, not so scalable aspect that just does make a tremendous impact. You know someone’s name. It’s one of the first words that we learn as a human being is our own name. Our caretaker will say it to us, we begin to learn our name, it’s knitted into our identity. Dale Carnegie has a quote where he says someone’s name to them is the sweetest sound in any language. And video allows you to actually say someone’s name to them and trigger all of those senses of comfort and familiarity right off the bat leveraging video, genius how you use that in the Instagram, DMS, I love it. Now there are hurdles right there are hurdles that keep people from using video, I wanted to share a couple more stats, because we’re having fun with these numbers here and reasons for not using video. And in this case, it’s in particular to marketing 30% of people say they lack the time to create video content. 18% of people don’t know where to start. But today, they’re going to know exactly where to start. Because we’ve got we’ve got you here 10% of people feel video is too expensive. I’m gonna leave those there and see if there are any kind of aspects of whether it’s the lack of time not knowing where to start feeling like it’s too expensive and accessible in that regard. You want to debunk any of that. What do you have to say to any of that?

XayLi Barclay
And yeah, I think there are so many things that come before that, that people actually aren’t aware of before all of those things. And it kind of would first probably start with the I don’t know what to say, a lot of people, they’re not sure of what they’re offering, or who they’re specifically speaking to, or what those problems that that person that they’re speaking to is experiencing. And I’ll tell you why I say that. Because we naturally want to help us people, especially as business owners, we’ve created our businesses so that we can help other people. And if you’re speaking to a friend, and they’re telling you that they have a problem that you can solve, man, you are going to start like oh my gosh, I can help with that. This is what you do XYZ. And so I think that a lot of people don’t understand the problems that their customers and clients are struggling with. Because if you did and you were able to speak directly into it, you would forget about video being expensive or not having the time or you know things like that because you have your phone you know you’re able to get started directly on that one of the reasons why I’ve been enjoying like short form content is because I can give you bite sized information so I have no like I can sit down for an hour. And as long as I’m aware of the problems my client or customer is having in an hour I can have like five or six tick tock videos So I can do that in an hour. And I’m good for the week, right? And I’m saying five or six. But as you practice, man, you will understand, like, so much how to create so much more. Sometimes I’m laying in bed, and I’m like, Alright, let me create my five things that I want to speak about, you know, on social. And of course, we can repurpose that content, we’re able to amplify that content on different platforms and get paid for it as well. Right, because the platforms are pushing that right now. So I think that it’s less of a lack of time and more of a lack of not understanding who you’re speaking to, how you can really help them.

Natalie Franke
I love that. And I think you’re absolutely right, as you’re talking, I realize even for myself, when I am on fire in my content creation stage, it’s because I’ve done the pre work of understanding the problem and who I’m speaking to, and how they need me to show up for them. And so you’re absolutely right, which yet again, it’s almost as if we say, and we believe that video is too difficult. But really, I think we’re not even at the point to where we can turn the camera on in the first place. So yes, we’re getting that kind of blank page syndrome, right, that I feel sometimes with the document, we’re like, what do I do? I don’t even know which you’re absolutely right. Now, the one point there around it being too expensive to get started in video. I’m very curious. You know, I hear that and immediately think but wait, if you have a phone, you have a camera? Yes. I’m curious about your thoughts around that. Do you think someone needs the best, most professional equipment when they’re starting out? Is it okay to start with a phone or webcam? What do you normally recommend?

XayLi Barclay
You know, well, first of all, this is why we named our academy start shoot girl, and we’ve tried to change the name. And we just can’t find something that it just fits into, like you know those brackets so perfectly. When you’re just starting out? No, you don’t need all of the things you got to use what you have, I started with my phone, and then I upgraded, you know, so definitely start with your phone, the best camera is the one that you have in your hands right now. So if you have your phone closest to you use your phone and stand in front of a window, I still use my phone so much right now to create content, I sell from my phone, I do a lot of things from my phone, I do have my set. And you know, it’s set up all the time. But honestly, I have my phone. And because that’s a direct connection, and I have it in my hands all the time, I use my phone a lot. So what I love about the times we’re in now is that content creation has grown legs to where you don’t like it used to be a thing, right where you would have to have all of the fancy cameras like all of your favorite YouTubers really used like high quality cameras and things like that. And they still are. But if you’re starting out, we have more people starting out than ever, I feel like and they’re using what they have, they’re using what they have in their hands. So start with your phone, if you have a laptop, you can use a webcam on your laptop as well. So that’s what I would like say is our shoot phase. So start phase is your phone, essentially, in our shoot phase, we will say use a laptop, you know get a webcam so that you can increase your quality, definitely get a microphone if you’re using a laptop so that you have better sound. We can sit through bad video, but we cannot sit through bad audio. definitely invest in a microphone. Even if you’re using your phone, use your headphones and use the wired ones, not the Bluetooth ones just so that you know because the wired ones have a better have better technology to pick up that sound. So even though they’re not in style anymore, you still want to use a wired headphone so that that microphone can pick up what you’re saying if you’re creating content with your phone. So there’s so many things to think about. But the best thing that you have is what you have.

Natalie Franke
That’s empowering, because again, I think we hear it’s too expensive. It’s as if it puts video in this inaccessible category where we’re not even sure where to begin. We feel inadequate already, right? A lot of us do with that impostor syndrome that comes bubbling up and here we’re adding one more thing to the pie. But what I’m hearing is no, no, no. Start with what you have. Start with what you have. I love the best cameras the one you have on you. Oh, that is amazing. I love that I remember being told that when I first started in photography, and you’re right, it’s just proven true year over year after year. So I’m curious to know from you as well we have all of these different platforms right now that independent business owners are showing up on tick tock is on the rise as we know Instagram is shifting more and more to video with reels you know being emphasized. I mentioned YouTube shorts earlier. I’m curious, you know where you enjoy showing up any any predictions or things that you’re hearing or seeing as you’re coaching people who want to be showing up better online? You know, what do you think is the future of the landscape of video as it relates to social media?

XayLi Barclay
By is such a juicy question. I like to first of all, everyone is like, every single platform is video centric right now. Right? Yeah, at the forefront. And so I feel like we’re, and I might get like in trouble for this, but that’s okay. No such thing as bass. So I feel like right now, short form content is definitely at the forefront. But then when we think about our business goals as independent business owners, long form content is where that sweet spot lies, right. So you have your people getting on short form content, like finding you finding your, your knowledge, and whatever you’re saying, loving your personality, your style, whatever it is that they come to you for loving your tips. And so they want more of you. So I would say, even right now are seeing all of the bigger creators on Tik Tok actually moving off of that platform, and moving over to YouTube, right. But I would say, think about your goals as a business owner so that you know exactly what kind of video you want to lean into. So sometimes we have trends, but the trends are also probably not for business owners. Right? It’s kind of like when we think about creators, creators have to have a huge audience to make a million dollars, a business owner doesn’t. So you really have to think about where you are in your process and what your goals are specifically. So that’s the first thing that I would say, I like to say that like, just set that tone when I am thinking about trends, but as a business owner, your goal is traffic, right? You want to find the right people, and then you want to spend time nurturing that traffic. So I would say right now and kind of into the future, what we can see now short form for traffic, getting people you know, to find you and kind of like what you’re sharing, and then you got to nurture that community. And I like saying there are two obviously forms of long form video, one pre recorded, and the second one is live. I think so many people are sleeping on live content, and the power of being live so that I can see in the future being a differentiator that people are completely sleeping on. Because with live content, like I was saying the other day on my YouTube channel, we do pre recorded, and I used to do live, and my audience would be so connected with me, they would meet me on Friday nights, every single Friday, for an ask XayLi kind of session where I would answer so many questions. And I stopped doing it. I recently started back and and I’m like, I don’t care that YouTube right now doesn’t want you to, you know, do two types of long form content. I care about my audience, and I care about touching base with them. And the thing is, especially as a YouTuber, when I start calling names, and saying, hey, you know, Hey, can I see you all the time in the comments, you’re always showing up? Don’t you think that makes such a big difference. So I am like an on trend, but also off trend person, I’m always thinking about my goals, my customers and clients and I really care to pour into them. So sometimes I’m a bit of a rebel.

Natalie Franke
We welcome that here. I’m a big believer that rebels are the ones who change the world. So we’re gonna keep leaning into that side, we’re gonna keep doing it. I love that everyone’s sleeping on lives. I mean, I am so I’m taking that advice, I’m gonna run with it, you’re gonna start seeing me maybe show up live more often. And you are the ultimate influencer. I will say, for folks listening, I bought a standing desk and a walking pad for my standing desk because of XayLi right here, watching her document her work days and getting on that that’s that walking pad and just killing it with your steps. And I’m bringing this up for an important reason. I think sometimes as business owners too, we feel so trapped in what we’re allowed to share, we feel like we can only share, you know exactly what we do. And that’s it and nothing else. But I really have bonded with you in particular, by watching these sorts of additional aspects you might even still be teaching me on your main point of contact but you’re showing a little bit more behind the curtain you’re revealing to me, this is what my workspace actually looks like here’s me in my like leggings, on my you know, walking pad with my hoodie on cranking it out and getting the work done. And as I would watch you doing all of this and you’re still teaching me your straight up teaching me. You know, even amidst that I felt more and more connected to you. I felt like we were working side by side, right? You might be in Dallas, I might be in Annapolis, but that’s not really the case. Because in this thing together, we’re in it together. And so I want to hear from you on that. Is that a strategic decision that you made to start showing up not just facing the camera but allowing your audience more into your world?

XayLi Barclay
You know, that is such a great question that, honestly. So I would say, at my core, I am an influencer. At my core, I am a creative, I had to learn how to be a business owner, right, I had to learn how to tap into that like, even though like, I have like deep entrepreneurial roots within my family, like I still had, I still was like 1617 thinking, You know what, I’m going to kill it in the corporate world, I am definitely not going to have my own business. And then a few years later, that completely changed. But I had to learn how to be a business owner. And in saying that, like, I definitely poured myself into my business and made a conscious decision for my sanity, to make sure that I am also creating in a way where I enjoy it, and I’m able to connect with my audience on a whole other level. So that was a conscious decision. And honestly, when I started doing it, I didn’t know if it would work. Like I wasn’t sure of, like you’re saying, because we kind of feel like, you know, we have to stay in a box. And I only have to show you the new lens that is out, or I only have to show you like, you know, how to, you know, keep the brightness on your phone at a certain level like it all those things. But no, I’m a person behind this business. And when I started sharing from that perspective, what I found was, that was the determining factor of, you know, what, like, I want to work with you, I’ve been watching you, and I’ve been wanting to work with you. But now I want to work with you know, so if things like that, just add a layer of uniqueness to your brand, I believe in personal branding, so like strongly. And I believe that that is a layer that you can tap into, because businesses have lifespan, right? And I still want to be able to connect with people because that’s what I love doing and create for people and share things. And that’s what I do. That’s it, but it was definitely a struggle of should I do this, like, oh my gosh, I’m gonna break a rule here. I’m not gonna, you know, completely niche myself. My business is niched, but I don’t have to niche myself. So niche niche, Oh, I like

Natalie Franke
them both. I use them both. But that right there is a is kind of a hot take that I’m really digging that whole concept of, yes, you can niche down your business niche down your business, but you don’t have to do that to yourself, allowing yourself to show up as a whole human being. And not just as the part of you that maybe you feel like you have to there’s something there. I absolutely love that. Now, for listeners who let’s say they have the fundamentals down, and a lot of our listeners do a lot of them in the independent business space, in particular here at HoneyBook. They’re creatives in some capacity, not all but many are. And so they have a little bit of background, maybe in lighting, or they understand kind of the basics of using their phone camera. But beyond that, it feels like a totally new world, right? Maybe they don’t even own a mic, but you met recommend, like get that mic start there for sure. If somebody’s looking to level up and take that next step to go, you know, maybe 111 level above where they are today. Are there any immediate recommendations that come to mind and it doesn’t just have to be product, it could be resources, maybe that you have a direction you want to point them to an education, or you know, maybe it is as simple as like, hey, get the webcam, honestly, if you’ve been holding out, that’s where you start. I’m so curious for the level uppers. What’s your recommendation?

XayLi Barclay
For the level of birth, there are two things that I like to say, right, we have time, and we have money. So if you have the time, then obviously you know, you are able to start thinking about things that you would like to improve. And I like to say it could be your equipment, right? But it could also be yourself How are you presenting yourself on camera? Right? So those are two things that because you can have the the like the camera that is not that great. But when you get on camera and you present, oh my gosh, like your energy, and the way that you pour into your audience, the way that you start your videos, the stories that you tell, all of those things can make a complete difference. Right? So equipment, but also yourself. I like to say your confidence, right? And so, for that we have the camera confidence class, I created that class specifically for the people that are struggling with their on camera persona, their personality, like how to bring the best on camera. So, you know, look into things like that, like, you know, what is the posture like that I’m supposed to have or am I using my voice in a way that is interesting and enticing? You know, there’s so many things that we teach in that class, just look at other creators and see like, I like this person Maybe I need to move my camera to a different space in the room that I’m in or there are simple little tweaks that you can definitely do. And we have an amazing guide on the Start shoe grow.com website that you can tap into that has different levels for start shooting and grow. And I guide you through all of the things that you need to upgrade your set. So you know, definitely tap into that for the other person who has the money to level up, hire someone, that’s something that we do, we offer that service to where we will order all of your equipment, and we will come to you and set that up. So hire someone if you don’t have the time. Because not everyone has the time or the expertise to figure out, you know, all of these things. So my partner and I, we love doing that. And it’s something that not everybody just has the time or expertise. Like for me, when I have an interview, my set is already set up, I just turned my lights on, turn my camera on, and I sit down, that’s it. And for the so for the person that doesn’t have the time to learn all of these things. That’s something that we do provide.

Natalie Franke
That’s incredible. It reminds me a lot of HoneyBook onboarding. So we hear all the time, I just don’t have time to onboard my entire client flow. And so what did we do, we started working with pros, HoneyBook pros that do similar to video you do where they say we’ll do it for you, we can completely get you set up. And there is value oftentimes, as a business owner, you know, looking at that kind of intersection of time and money and saying, Okay, if I actually have the money, and I’m willing to set it aside, it’s gonna save me all this time. And oftentimes bring in a professional team to get you set up with your video or to get you on board in any capacity of your business, whether it’s client flowers, video content, it’s very oftentimes worth it if you can make that swing in your business. And same with with our podcasts, the same thing I had, you know, a training day with the audio to really learn how it works and the video and I, you know, I, I can’t recommend it enough. And so we’ll make sure in the show notes to link all of those resources that say we just mentioned, including her course, and anything else that we’ve talked about today, as we kind of round a corner, there is a question that I asked every single guest of this podcast, and I would really love to know from you. What do you believe is the biggest differentiator between the businesses that succeed and the ones that fail? And it can be anything? There’s no wrong answer?

XayLi Barclay
Yeah, that’s a really good question. I think it’s the ability to adapt. I really genuinely think it’s the ability to adapt. Like, I think that sometimes, as business owners, we let ego get into our, you know, just what we’re doing. And I think that when you have a business, you cannot operate like that you have to be open to the changes that are happening, trends that are happening. There’s so much to embrace as the world changes and develops like, I know, copywriters are going crazy right now with the release of AI and tools like chat, GPT, and Jasper, how can you use this in your business? How can you create a better experience for yourself? And for other people, you know, using the tools that are coming out instead of screaming about it, right? How can you differentiate yourself, there’s industries are always changing, trends are coming back around, they’re moving, they’re shifting, I mean, I’m at the age now to where I’m like, songs are coming back around. Everything is a cycle fashion is coming back around, I’m like, Girl, we did that you’re sick. Everything is like everything is cyclical, and what might be working in the past five years and your business is not going to be working in the next five years. So you have to keep an ear to the street. Okay, so that you are able to adapt and evolve. If you are looking to, you know, really build a sustainable business.

Natalie Franke
On that note that gosh, that is what a way to end that is so powerful. Yes, yes, yes. I know that our listeners are going to want to know where they can find you. And you know how they can connect with you deeper. So could you share that with everyone listening to the podcast?

XayLi Barclay
Of course, I am XayLi Barclay everywhere, that’s X A Y L I B A R C L A Y. And that’s everywhere as xaylibarclay.com is my website. And I love connecting with people, especially in the DM so don’t be shy and reach out and let me know that you heard me are saw me on the Independent Business Podcast.

Natalie Franke
XayLi, thank you so much for joining me.

XayLi Barclay
Of course. Thank you for having me. Oh my gosh, hello. This has been so fun.

Natalie Franke
That ends our episode of The Independent Business Podcast. Everything that we’ve discussed today can be found at podcast.honeybook.com. Head to our website for access to show notes. relevant link Send all of the resources that you need to level up and if you’ve enjoyed today’s episode be sure to subscribe to the podcast so that you never miss our future Content drop us a review and leave our guests some love on social Thanks again for listening

Transcribed by https://otter.ai